]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Revert "Do not consider reference types as dynamic"
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 418 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 419 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 420 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 421 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 422 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 423 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 424 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
425 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
426 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 427 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 428 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
429@end ifset
430@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
431
432@emph{Target MMIX options:}
433 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
434 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
435 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 436 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 437@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
438@ifset NIOSII
439
440@emph{Target Nios II options:}
441 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
442 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
443@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
444@ifset NDS32
445
446@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
447 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
448 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
453 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
454 [@b{-mb2bb}]
455@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
456@ifset PDP11
457
458@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
459 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
460 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 461 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
462@end ifset
463@ifset PJ
464
465@emph{Target picoJava options:}
466 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset PPC
469
470@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
471 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
472 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
473 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 474 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 475 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
476 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
477 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
479 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
480 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 482 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 483@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
484@ifset RL78
485
486@emph{Target RL78 options:}
487 [@b{-mg10}]
488 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
489@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
490@ifset RX
491
492@emph{Target RX options:}
493 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
495 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
496 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
497 [@b{-mpid}]
498 [@b{-mrelax}]
499 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
500 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 501@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
502@ifset S390
503
504@emph{Target s390 options:}
505 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
507 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
508@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
509@ifset SCORE
510
511@emph{Target SCORE options:}
512 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
513 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
514 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
515 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
516@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
517@ifset SPARC
518
519@emph{Target SPARC options:}
520@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
521 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
522 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
523 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
524 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
525@end ifset
526@ifset TIC54X
527
528@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 529 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
530 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
531@end ifset
40b36596
JM
532@ifset TIC6X
533
534@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
535 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
536 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
537 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 538@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
539@ifset TILEGX
540
541@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 542 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
543@end ifset
544@ifset TILEPRO
545@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
546@end ifset
b6605ddd 547@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 548
b6605ddd
EB
549@emph{Target Visium options:}
550 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
551@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
552@ifset XTENSA
553
554@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
555 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
556 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
557 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
558 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 559 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 560@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
561@ifset Z80
562
563@emph{Target Z80 options:}
564 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
565 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
566 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
567 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
568 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
569 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
570 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
571@end ifset
a4fb0134 572@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 573
a4fb0134 574@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 575@end ifset
e0001a05 576
0285c67d 577@c man end
252b5132
RH
578@end smallexample
579
0285c67d
NC
580@c man begin OPTIONS
581
a4fb0134 582@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 583@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 584
83f10cb2 585@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
586Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
587
a4fb0134 588@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
589@item -ac
590omit false conditionals
591
592@item -ad
593omit debugging directives
594
83f10cb2
NC
595@item -ag
596include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
597
252b5132
RH
598@item -ah
599include high-level source
600
601@item -al
602include assembly
603
604@item -am
605include macro expansions
606
607@item -an
608omit forms processing
609
610@item -as
611include symbols
612
613@item =file
614set the name of the listing file
615@end table
616
617You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
618listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
619the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
620
caa32fe5 621@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
622Begin in alternate macro mode.
623@ifclear man
624@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
625@end ifclear
caa32fe5 626
955974c6
CC
627@item --compress-debug-sections
628Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
629to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
273a4985
JT
630compatible with older linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression
631would make a given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed or renamed.
955974c6 632
151411f8
L
633@ifset ELF
634@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
635@item --compress-debug-sections=none
636@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
637@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
638@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
639These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
640@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
641@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
642@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
643@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} are equivalent to
644@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
645@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} compresses
646DWARF debug sections with SHF_COMPRESSED from the ELF ABI.
647@end ifset
648
955974c6
CC
649@item --nocompress-debug-sections
650Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
651
252b5132
RH
652@item -D
653Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
654other assemblers.
655
3d6b762c
JM
656@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
657When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
658information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
659
252b5132
RH
660@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
661Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
662@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
663indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
664value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
665use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
666
667@item -f
668``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
669compiler output).
670
329e276d
NC
671@item -g
672@itemx --gen-debug
673Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
674debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
675ECOFF or DWARF2.
676
252b5132
RH
677@item --gstabs
678Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
679may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
680
05da4302
NC
681@item --gstabs+
682Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
683extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
684debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
685may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
686the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
687
329e276d 688@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 689Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 690may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 691option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 692
b40bf0a2
NC
693@item --gdwarf-sections
694Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
695.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
696corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
697will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
698@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
699then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
700suffix.
701
21be61f5
L
702@item --size-check=error
703@itemx --size-check=warning
704Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
705
252b5132
RH
706@item --help
707Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
708
ea20a7da
CC
709@item --target-help
710Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
711
252b5132
RH
712@item -I @var{dir}
713Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
714
715@item -J
716Don't warn about signed overflow.
717
718@item -K
719@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
720This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
721@end ifclear
722@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
723Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
724@end ifset
725
726@item -L
727@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
728Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
729system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
730or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
731@ifclear man
732@xref{Symbol Names}.
733@end ifclear
252b5132 734
c3a27914
NC
735@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
736Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
737listing to @var{number}.
738
739@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
740Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
741lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
742
743@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
744Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
745@var{number} bytes.
746
747@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
748Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
749to @var{number} + 1.
750
252b5132 751@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 752Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
753
754@item -R
755Fold the data section into the text section.
756
4bdd3565
NC
757@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
758Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
759@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
760assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
761memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
762requirements at the expense of speed.
763
764@item --reduce-memory-overheads
765This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
766assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
767@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
768
252b5132
RH
769@item --statistics
770Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
771assembly.
772
773@item --strip-local-absolute
774Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
775
776@item -v
777@itemx -version
a4fb0134 778Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
779
780@item --version
a4fb0134 781Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
782
783@item -W
2bdd6cf5 784@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
785Suppress warning messages.
786
2bdd6cf5
GK
787@item --fatal-warnings
788Treat warnings as errors.
789
790@item --warn
791Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
792
252b5132
RH
793@item -w
794Ignored.
795
796@item -x
797Ignored.
798
799@item -Z
800Generate an object file even after errors.
801
802@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
803Standard input, or source files to assemble.
804
805@end table
2a633939
JM
806@c man end
807
a06ea964
NC
808@ifset AARCH64
809
810@ifclear man
811@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
812for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
813@end ifclear
814
815@ifset man
816@c man begin OPTIONS
817The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
81864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
819@c man end
820@c man begin INCLUDE
821@include c-aarch64.texi
822@c ended inside the included file
823@end ifset
824
825@end ifset
826
2a633939
JM
827@ifset ALPHA
828
829@ifclear man
830@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
831for an Alpha processor.
832@end ifclear
833
834@ifset man
835@c man begin OPTIONS
836The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
837processor.
838@c man end
839@c man begin INCLUDE
840@include c-alpha.texi
841@c ended inside the included file
842@end ifset
843
844@end ifset
252b5132 845
2a633939 846@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
847@ifset ARC
848The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
849an ARC processor.
850
a4fb0134 851@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
852@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
853This option selects the core processor variant.
854@item -EB | -EL
855Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
856@end table
857@end ifset
858
859@ifset ARM
860The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
861processor family.
862
a4fb0134 863@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 864@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 865Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 866@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 867Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 868@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 869Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
870@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
871Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
872@item -mthumb
873Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 874@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
875Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
876@item -EB | -EL
877Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
878@item -mthumb-interwork
879Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
880ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
881@item -mccs
882Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
883@item -k
884Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
885@end table
886@end ifset
635fb38d 887@c man end
252b5132 888
9982501a 889@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
890
891@ifclear man
892@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
893configured for the Blackfin processor family.
894@end ifclear
895
896@ifset man
897@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
899the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
900@c man end
901@c man begin INCLUDE
902@include c-bfin.texi
903@c ended inside the included file
904@end ifset
9982501a 905
9982501a
JZ
906@end ifset
907
635fb38d 908@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
909@ifset CRIS
910See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
911@end ifset
912
252b5132
RH
913@ifset D10V
914The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
915a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 916@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
917@cindex D10V optimization
918@cindex optimization, D10V
919@item -O
920Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
921@end table
922@end ifset
923
924@ifset D30V
925The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
926processor.
a4fb0134 927@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
928@cindex D30V optimization
929@cindex optimization, D30V
930@item -O
931Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
932
933@cindex D30V nops
934@item -n
935Warn when nops are generated.
936
937@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
938@item -N
939Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
940@end table
941@end ifset
731caf76
L
942@c man end
943
cfb8c092
NC
944@ifset EPIPHANY
945The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
946Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
947
56b13185
JR
948@ifclear man
949@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
950configured for an Epiphany processor.
951@end ifclear
cfb8c092 952
56b13185
JR
953@ifset man
954@c man begin OPTIONS
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
956an Epiphany processor.
957@c man end
958@c man begin INCLUDE
959@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
960@c ended inside the included file
961@end ifset
962
963@end ifset
964
965@ifset H8300
966
967@ifclear man
968@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
969for an H8/300 processor.
970@end ifclear
971
972@ifset man
973@c man begin OPTIONS
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
975processor.
976@c man end
977@c man begin INCLUDE
978@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
979@c ended inside the included file
980@end ifset
cfb8c092 981
cfb8c092
NC
982@end ifset
983
731caf76 984@ifset I80386
252b5132 985
731caf76
L
986@ifclear man
987@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
988configured for an i386 processor.
989@end ifclear
990
991@ifset man
992@c man begin OPTIONS
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
994an i386 processor.
995@c man end
996@c man begin INCLUDE
997@include c-i386.texi
998@c ended inside the included file
999@end ifset
1000
1001@end ifset
1002
1003@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1004@ifset I960
1005The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1006Intel 80960 processor.
1007
a4fb0134 1008@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1009@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1010Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1011
1012@item -b
1013Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1014
1015@item -no-relax
1016Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1017error if necessary.
1018
1019@end table
1020@end ifset
1021
a40cbfa3
NC
1022@ifset IP2K
1023The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1024Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1025
1026@table @gcctabopt
1027
1028@item -mip2022ext
1029Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1030
1031@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1032Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1033just the basic IP2022 ones.
1034
1035@end table
1036@end ifset
1037
49f58d10
JB
1038@ifset M32C
1039The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1040Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1041
1042@table @gcctabopt
1043
1044@item -m32c
1045Assemble M32C instructions.
1046
1047@item -m16c
1048Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1049
c54b5932
DD
1050@item -relax
1051Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1052
1053@item -h-tick-hex
1054Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1055
49f58d10
JB
1056@end table
1057@end ifset
1058
ec694b89
NC
1059@ifset M32R
1060The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1061Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1062
a4fb0134 1063@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1064
1065@item --m32rx
1066Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1067is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1068
1069@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1070Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1071encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1072
1073@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1074Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1075encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1076
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1079
1080@ifset M680X0
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1082Motorola 68000 series.
1083
a4fb0134 1084@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1085
1086@item -l
1087Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1088
0285c67d
NC
1089@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1090@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1091@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1092Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1093is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1094
1095@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1096The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1097The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1098the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1099two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1100coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1101
1102@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1103The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1104unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1105
1106@end table
1107@end ifset
1108
36591ba1
SL
1109@ifset NIOSII
1110
1111@ifclear man
1112@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1113for an Altera Nios II processor.
1114@end ifclear
1115
1116@ifset man
1117@c man begin OPTIONS
1118The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1119Altera Nios II processor.
1120@c man end
1121@c man begin INCLUDE
1122@include c-nios2.texi
1123@c ended inside the included file
1124@end ifset
1125@end ifset
1126
e135f41b
NC
1127@ifset PDP11
1128
1129For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1130see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1131
a4fb0134 1132@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1133@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1134Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1135default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1136
1137@item -mall
1138@itemx -mall-extensions
1139Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1140
1141@item -mno-extensions
1142Disable all instruction set extensions.
1143
1144@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1145Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1146
1147@item -m@var{cpu}
1148Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1149disable all other extensions.
1150
1151@item -m@var{machine}
1152Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1153model, and disable all other extensions.
1154@end table
1155
1156@end ifset
1157
041dd5a9
ILT
1158@ifset PJ
1159The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1160a picoJava processor.
1161
a4fb0134 1162@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1163
1164@cindex PJ endianness
1165@cindex endianness, PJ
1166@cindex big endian output, PJ
1167@item -mb
1168Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1169
1170@cindex little endian output, PJ
1171@item -ml
1172Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1173
1174@end table
1175@end ifset
1176
60bcf0fa
NC
1177@ifset M68HC11
1178The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1179Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1180
a4fb0134 1181@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1182
6927f982 1183@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1184Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1185defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1186
6927f982
NC
1187@item --xgate-ramoffset
1188Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1189XGATE address space.
1190
2f904664
SC
1191@item -mshort
1192Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1193
1194@item -mlong
01642c12 1195Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1196
1197@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1198Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1199
1200@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1201Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1202
1370e33d 1203@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1204Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1205conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1206sub routine.
1207
1370e33d
NC
1208@item -S | --short-branches
1209Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1210when the offset is out of range.
1211
1212@item --strict-direct-mode
1213Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1214when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1215
1216@item --print-insn-syntax
1217Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1218
1219@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1220Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1221
1222@item --generate-example
6927f982 1223Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1224This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1225
1226@end table
1227@end ifset
1228
252b5132 1229@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1230The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1231for the SPARC architecture:
1232
a4fb0134 1233@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1234@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1235@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1236Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1237
1238@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1239@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1240
1241@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1242UltraSPARC extensions.
1243
1244@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1245For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1246equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1247
1248@item -bump
1249Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1250@end table
1251@end ifset
1252
39bec121
TW
1253@ifset TIC54X
1254The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1255architecture.
39bec121 1256
a4fb0134 1257@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1258@item -mfar-mode
1259Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1260extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1261@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1262Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1263@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1264Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1265behaviour in the shell.
1266@end table
1267@end ifset
1268
252b5132
RH
1269@ifset MIPS
1270The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1271a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1272
a4fb0134 1273@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1274@item -G @var{num}
1275This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1276implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1277use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1278
1279@cindex MIPS endianness
1280@cindex endianness, MIPS
1281@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1282@item -EB
1283Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1284
1285@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1286@item -EL
1287Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1288
1289@cindex MIPS ISA
1290@item -mips1
1291@itemx -mips2
1292@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1293@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1294@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1295@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1296@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1297@itemx -mips32r3
1298@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1299@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1300@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1301@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1302@itemx -mips64r3
1303@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1304@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1305Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1306@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1307alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1308@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1309@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1310@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1311@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1312MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1313Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1314MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1315
98508b2a
RS
1316@item -march=@var{cpu}
1317Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1318
1319@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1320Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1321
1322@item -mfix7000
1323@itemx -mno-fix7000
1324Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1325of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1326
a8d14a88
CM
1327@item -mfix-rm7000
1328@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1329Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1330followed by a load instruction.
1331
ecb4347a
DJ
1332@item -mdebug
1333@itemx -no-mdebug
1334Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1335section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1336
dcd410fe
RO
1337@item -mpdr
1338@itemx -mno-pdr
1339Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1340
437ee9d5
TS
1341@item -mgp32
1342@itemx -mfp32
1343The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1344flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1345all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1346and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1347
351cdf24
MF
1348@item -mgp64
1349@itemx -mfp64
1350The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1351flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1352all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1353and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1354
1355@item -mfpxx
1356The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1357this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1358which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
135932 or 64 bits wide.
1360
1361@item -modd-spreg
1362@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1363Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1364registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1365@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1366
437ee9d5
TS
1367@item -mips16
1368@itemx -no-mips16
1369Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1370@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1371turns off this option.
252b5132 1372
df58fc94
RS
1373@item -mmicromips
1374@itemx -mno-micromips
1375Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1376@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1377turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1378at the start of the assembly file.
1379
e16bfa71
TS
1380@item -msmartmips
1381@itemx -mno-smartmips
1382Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1383equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1384@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1385
1f25f5d3
CD
1386@item -mips3d
1387@itemx -no-mips3d
1388Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1389This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1390@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1391
deec1734
CD
1392@item -mdmx
1393@itemx -no-mdmx
1394Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1395This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1396@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1397
2ef2b9ae
CF
1398@item -mdsp
1399@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1400Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1401This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1402@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1403
8b082fb1
TS
1404@item -mdspr2
1405@itemx -mno-dspr2
1406Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1407This option implies -mdsp.
1408This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1409@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1410
56d438b1
CF
1411@item -mmsa
1412@itemx -mno-msa
1413Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1414This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1415@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1416
7d64c587
AB
1417@item -mxpa
1418@itemx -mno-xpa
1419Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1420This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1421@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1422
ef2e4d86
CF
1423@item -mmt
1424@itemx -mno-mt
1425Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1426This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1427@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1428
dec0624d
MR
1429@item -mmcu
1430@itemx -mno-mcu
1431Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1432This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1433@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1434
833794fc
MR
1435@item -minsn32
1436@itemx -mno-insn32
1437Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1438microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1439instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1440the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1441option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1442start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1443selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1444
437ee9d5
TS
1445@item --construct-floats
1446@itemx --no-construct-floats
1447The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1448double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1449value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1450the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1451selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1452
3bf0dbfb
MR
1453@item --relax-branch
1454@itemx --no-relax-branch
1455The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1456branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1457out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1458
ba92f887
MR
1459@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1460Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1461(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1462
252b5132
RH
1463@cindex emulation
1464@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1465This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1466on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1467removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1468It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1469
1470The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1471@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1472is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1473big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1474preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1475
1476@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1477@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1478the native tools.
1479
252b5132
RH
1480@item --trap
1481@itemx --no-trap
1482@itemx --break
1483@itemx --no-break
1484Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1485@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1486(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1487@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1488break exception.
63486801
L
1489
1490@item -n
a4fb0134 1491When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1492time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1493@end table
1494@end ifset
1495
1496@ifset MCORE
1497The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1498an MCore processor.
1499
a4fb0134 1500@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1501@item -jsri2bsr
1502@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1503Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1504The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1505
1506@item -sifilter
1507@itemx -nosifilter
1508Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1509The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1510
1511@item -relax
1512Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1513
ec694b89
NC
1514@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1515Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1516can be assembled.
1517
1518@item -EB
1519Assemble for a big endian target.
1520
1521@item -EL
1522Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1523
1524@end table
1525@end ifset
a3c62988 1526@c man end
252b5132 1527
a3c62988
NC
1528@ifset METAG
1529
1530@ifclear man
1531@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1532for a Meta processor.
1533@end ifclear
1534
1535@ifset man
1536@c man begin OPTIONS
1537The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1538Meta processor.
1539@c man end
1540@c man begin INCLUDE
1541@include c-metag.texi
1542@c ended inside the included file
1543@end ifset
1544
1545@end ifset
1546
1547@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1548@ifset MMIX
1549See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1550@end ifset
1551
35c08157
KLC
1552@ifset NDS32
1553
1554@ifclear man
1555@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1556for a NDS32 processor.
1557@end ifclear
1558@c ended inside the included file
1559@end ifset
1560
1561@ifset man
1562@c man begin OPTIONS
1563The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1564NDS32 processor.
1565@c man end
1566@c man begin INCLUDE
1567@include c-nds32.texi
1568@c ended inside the included file
1569@end ifset
1570
635fb38d 1571@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1572@ifset PPC
1573
1574@ifclear man
1575@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1576for a PowerPC processor.
1577@end ifclear
1578
1579@ifset man
1580@c man begin OPTIONS
1581The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1582PowerPC processor.
1583@c man end
1584@c man begin INCLUDE
1585@include c-ppc.texi
1586@c ended inside the included file
1587@end ifset
1588
1589@end ifset
1590
635fb38d 1591@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1592@ifset RX
1593See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1594@end ifset
1595
11c19e16
MS
1596@ifset S390
1597The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1598processor family.
1599
1600@table @gcctabopt
1601@item -m31
1602@itemx -m64
1603Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1604@item -mesa
1605@item -mzarch
1606Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1607Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1608@item -march=@var{processor}
1609Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1610@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1611@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1612@item -mregnames
1613@itemx -mno-regnames
1614Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1615@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1616Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1617but evaluates to zero.
1618@end table
1619@end ifset
2a633939 1620@c man end
11c19e16 1621
40b36596 1622@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1623
1624@ifclear man
1625@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1626for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1627@end ifclear
1628
1629@ifset man
1630@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1631The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1632TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1633@c man end
1634@c man begin INCLUDE
1635@include c-tic6x.texi
1636@c ended inside the included file
1637@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1638
1639@end ifset
1640
aa137e4d
NC
1641@ifset TILEGX
1642
1643@ifclear man
1644@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1645for a TILE-Gx processor.
1646@end ifclear
1647
1648@ifset man
1649@c man begin OPTIONS
1650The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1651processor.
1652@c man end
1653@c man begin INCLUDE
1654@include c-tilegx.texi
1655@c ended inside the included file
1656@end ifset
1657
1658@end ifset
1659
b6605ddd
EB
1660@ifset VISIUM
1661
1662@ifclear man
1663@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1664for a Visium processor.
1665@end ifclear
1666
1667@ifset man
1668@c man begin OPTIONS
1669The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1670processor.
1671@c man end
1672@c man begin INCLUDE
1673@include c-visium.texi
1674@c ended inside the included file
1675@end ifset
1676
1677@end ifset
1678
e0001a05 1679@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1680
2d8b84ae
SA
1681@ifclear man
1682@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1683for an Xtensa processor.
1684@end ifclear
1685
1686@ifset man
1687@c man begin OPTIONS
1688The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1689Xtensa processor.
1690@c man end
1691@c man begin INCLUDE
1692@include c-xtensa.texi
1693@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1694@end ifset
1695
2d8b84ae
SA
1696@end ifset
1697
1698@c man begin OPTIONS
1699
3c9b82ba
NC
1700@ifset Z80
1701The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1702a Z80 family processor.
1703@table @gcctabopt
1704@item -z80
1705Assemble for Z80 processor.
1706@item -r800
1707Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1708@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1709@itemx -Wnud
1710Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1711@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1712@itemx -Wnup
1713Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1714@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1715@itemx -Wud
1716Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1717@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1718@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1719Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1720@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1721@itemx -Fud
1722Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1723@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1724@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1725Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1726@end table
1727@end ifset
1728
0285c67d
NC
1729@c man end
1730
252b5132
RH
1731@menu
1732* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1733* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1734* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1735* Command Line:: Command Line
1736* Input Files:: Input Files
1737* Object:: Output (Object) File
1738* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1739@end menu
1740
1741@node Manual
1742@section Structure of this Manual
1743
1744@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1745This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1746@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1747notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1748@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1749
1750@ifclear GENERIC
1751We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1752configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1753@end ifclear
1754@ifset GENERIC
1755This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1756various flavors of the assembler.
1757@end ifset
1758
1759@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1760On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1761to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1762In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1763architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1764mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1765particular architecture.
1766@ifset GENERIC
1767You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1768machine architecture manual for this information.
1769@end ifset
1770@ifclear GENERIC
1771@ifset H8/300
1772For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1773Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1774Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1775@end ifset
252b5132 1776@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1777For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1778see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1779@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1780@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1781@end ifset
1782@ifset Z8000
1783For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1784@end ifset
1785@end ifclear
1786
1787@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1788@ignore
1789Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1790the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1791Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1792computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1793once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1794qualification.
1795
a4fb0134 1796@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1797human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1798computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1799@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1800@end ignore
1801
1802@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1803@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1804@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1805@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1806@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1807@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1808@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1809@c directives).
1810
1811@node GNU Assembler
1812@section The GNU Assembler
1813
0285c67d
NC
1814@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1815
a4fb0134 1816@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1817@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1818This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1819configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1820@end ifclear
1821If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1822should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1823architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1824including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1825@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1826
1827@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1828@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1829@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1830@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1831assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1832machine would assemble.
1833@ifset VAX
1834Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1835@end ifset
1836@ifset M680X0
1837@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1838@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1839This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1840assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1841incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1842@end ifset
1843
0285c67d
NC
1844@c man end
1845
a4fb0134 1846Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1847program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1848@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1849
1850@node Object Formats
1851@section Object File Formats
1852
1853@cindex object file format
1854The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1855object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1856write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1857are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1858Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1859@ifclear GENERIC
1860@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1861For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1862@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1863@end ifclear
1864@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1865@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1866On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1867@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1868@end ifset
1869@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1870On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1871SOM or ELF format object files.
1872@end ifset
1873@end ifclear
1874
1875@node Command Line
1876@section Command Line
1877
1878@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1879
a4fb0134 1880After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1881options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1882before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1883significant.
1884
1885@cindex standard input, as input file
1886@kindex --
1887@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1888explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1889
1890@cindex options, command line
1891Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1892hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1893@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1894option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1895the letter is important. All options are optional.
1896
1897Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1898name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1899with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1900standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1901
1902@smallexample
1903@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1904@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1905@end smallexample
1906
1907@node Input Files
1908@section Input Files
1909
1910@cindex input
1911@cindex source program
1912@cindex files, input
1913We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1914describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1915be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1916doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1917
1918@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1919@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1920The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1921order specified.
1922
0285c67d 1923@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1924Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1925program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1926(The standard input is also a file.)
1927
a4fb0134 1928You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1929names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1930command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1931is taken to be an input file name.
1932
a4fb0134
SC
1933If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1934from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1935may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1936to assemble.
1937
1938Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1939in your command line.
1940
a4fb0134 1941If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1942file.
1943
0285c67d
NC
1944@c man end
1945
252b5132
RH
1946@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1947
1948@cindex input file linenumbers
1949@cindex line numbers, in input files
1950There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1951either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1952number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1953``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1954
1955@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1956to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1957
1958@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1959directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1960error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1961is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1962@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1963@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1964
1965@node Object
1966@section Output (Object) File
1967
1968@cindex object file
1969@cindex output file
1970@kindex a.out
1971@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1972Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1973your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1974is the object file. Its default name is
1975@ifclear BOUT
1976@code{a.out}.
1977@end ifclear
1978@ifset BOUT
1979@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1980@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1981@end ifset
a4fb0134 1982@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1983@end ifset
a4fb0134 1984You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1985object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1986reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1987directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1988possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1989
1990@cindex linker
1991@kindex ld
1992The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1993assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1994the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1995information for the debugger.
1996
1997@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1998@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1999
2000@node Errors
2001@section Error and Warning Messages
2002
0285c67d
NC
2003@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2004
a349d9dd 2005@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2006@cindex warning messages
2007@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2008@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2009file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2010runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2011that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2012grave problem that stops the assembly.
2013
0285c67d
NC
2014@c man end
2015
252b5132
RH
2016@cindex format of warning messages
2017Warning messages have the format
2018
2019@smallexample
2020file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2021@end smallexample
2022
2023@noindent
2024@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2025(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2026(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2027the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2028@ifset GENERIC
2029(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2030@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2031then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2032otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2033message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2034tradition).
2035
2036@cindex format of error messages
2037Error messages have the format
2038@smallexample
2039file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2040@end smallexample
2041The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2042messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2043because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2044
2045@node Invoking
2046@chapter Command-Line Options
2047
2048@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2049This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2050versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2051for options specific
252b5132 2052@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2053to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2054@end ifclear
2055@ifset GENERIC
2056to particular machine architectures.
2057@end ifset
2058
0285c67d
NC
2059@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2060
c1253627 2061If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2062you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2063The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2064by commas. For example:
2065
2066@smallexample
2067gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2068@end smallexample
2069
2070@noindent
2071This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2072standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2073local symbols in the symbol table).
2074
2075Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2076command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2077(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2078precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2079assembler.)
2080
0285c67d
NC
2081@c man end
2082
252b5132 2083@menu
83f10cb2 2084* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2085* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2086* D:: -D for compatibility
2087* f:: -f to work faster
2088* I:: -I for .include search path
2089@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2090* K:: -K for compatibility
2091@end ifclear
2092@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2093* K:: -K for difference tables
2094@end ifset
2095
ba83aca1 2096* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2097* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2098* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2099* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2100* o:: -o to name the object file
2101* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2102* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2103* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2104* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2105* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2106* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2107@end menu
2108
2109@node a
83f10cb2 2110@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2111
2112@kindex -a
2113@kindex -ac
2114@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2115@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2116@kindex -ah
2117@kindex -al
2118@kindex -an
2119@kindex -as
2120@cindex listings, enabling
2121@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2122
2123These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2124@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2125You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2126@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2127@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2128@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2129High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2130@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2131also.
2132
83f10cb2
NC
2133Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2134information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2135
252b5132
RH
2136Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2137which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2138other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2139omitted from the listing.
2140
2141Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2142listing.
2143
2144Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2145listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2146@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2147@code{.sbttl}.
2148The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2149If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2150listing-control directives have no effect.
2151
2152The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2153@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2154
96e9638b
BW
2155Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2156because it
c3a27914
NC
2157is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2158is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2159directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2160stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2161memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2162
caa32fe5
NC
2163@node alternate
2164@section @option{--alternate}
2165
2166@kindex --alternate
2167Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2168
252b5132 2169@node D
a4fb0134 2170@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2171
2172@kindex -D
2173This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2174likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2175@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2176
2177@node f
a4fb0134 2178@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2179
2180@kindex -f
2181@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2182@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2183@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2184(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2185and comment preprocessing on
2186the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2187,Preprocessing}.
2188
2189@quotation
2190@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2191preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2192not work correctly.
2193@end quotation
2194
2195@node I
c1253627 2196@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2197
2198@kindex -I @var{path}
2199@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2200@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2201@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2202Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2203@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2204directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2205many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2206working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2207searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2208specified (left to right) on the command line.
2209
2210@node K
a4fb0134 2211@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2212
2213@kindex -K
2214@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2215On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2216permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2217where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2218generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2219family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2220alteration on other platforms.
2221@end ifclear
2222
2223@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2224@cindex difference tables, warning
2225@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2226@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2227form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2228You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2229is done.
2230@end ifset
2231
2232@node L
ba83aca1 2233@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2234
2235@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2236@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2237Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2238@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2239called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2240such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2241programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2242notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2243such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2244
2245This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2246in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2247@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2248
c3a27914 2249@node listing
a4fb0134 2250@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2251
2252The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2253@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2254hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2255them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2256directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2257@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2258@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2259@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2260
a4fb0134 2261@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2262@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2263@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2264@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2265Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2266dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2267
2268@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2269@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2270@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2271Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2272a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2273the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2274switch is used the default is to one.
2275
2276@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2277@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2278@cindex Width of source line output
2279Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2280alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2281source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2282
2283@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2284@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2285@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2286Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2287displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2288@end table
2289
252b5132 2290@node M
a4fb0134 2291@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2292
2293@kindex -M
2294@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2295The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2296changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2297compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2298configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2299MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2300information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2301arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2302assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2303
2304The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2305depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2306file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2307individually. These are:
2308
2309@itemize @bullet
2310@item global symbols in common section
2311
2312The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2313Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2314common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2315symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2316symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2317
2318@item complex relocations
2319
2320The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2321relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2322are not support by other object file formats.
2323
2324@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2325
2326The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2327This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2328instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2329script.
2330
2331@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2332
2333The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2334name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2335
2336@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2337
2338The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2339address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2340which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2341not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2342assigned within a linker script.
2343@end itemize
2344
2345There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2346@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2347seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2348
2349@itemize @bullet
2350
2351@item EBCDIC strings
2352
2353EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2354
2355@item packed binary coded decimal
2356
2357Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2358and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2359
2360@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2361
2362The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2363
2364@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2365
2366The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2367
2368@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2369
2370The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2371@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2372relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2373these options serve no purpose.
2374
2375@item @code{OPT} list control options
2376
2377The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2378@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2379@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2380
2381@item other @code{OPT} options
2382
2383The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2384@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2385
2386@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2387
2388The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2389@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2390
2391@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2392
2393The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2394
2395@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2396
2397The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2398
2399@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2400
2401The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2402
2403@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2404
2405The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2406
2407@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2408
2409The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2410
2411@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2412
2413The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2414
2415@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2416
2417The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2418
2419@end itemize
2420
2421@node MD
c1253627 2422@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2423
2424@kindex --MD
2425@cindex dependency tracking
2426@cindex make rules
2427
a4fb0134 2428@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2429file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2430dependencies of the main source file.
2431
2432The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2433
2434This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2435
2436@node o
a4fb0134 2437@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2438
2439@kindex -o
2440@cindex naming object file
2441@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2442There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2443default it has the name
2444@ifset GENERIC
2445@ifset I960
2446@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2447@end ifset
2448@ifclear I960
2449@file{a.out}.
2450@end ifclear
2451@end ifset
2452@ifclear GENERIC
2453@ifset I960
2454@file{b.out}.
2455@end ifset
2456@ifclear I960
2457@file{a.out}.
2458@end ifclear
2459@end ifclear
2460You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2461object file a different name.
2462
a4fb0134 2463Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2464existing file of the same name.
2465
2466@node R
a4fb0134 2467@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2468
2469@kindex -R
2470@cindex data and text sections, joining
2471@cindex text and data sections, joining
2472@cindex joining text and data sections
2473@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2474@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2475data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2476the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2477section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2478your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2479appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2480
a4fb0134 2481When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2482address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2483data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2484older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2485
c1253627
NC
2486@ifset COFF-ELF
2487When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2488this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2489@samp{.data}.
2490@end ifset
2491
2492@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2493@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2494@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2495@end ifset
2496
2497@node statistics
a4fb0134 2498@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2499
2500@kindex --statistics
2501@cindex statistics, about assembly
2502@cindex time, total for assembly
2503@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2504Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2505@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2506(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2507seconds).
2508
2509@node traditional-format
c1253627 2510@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2511
2512@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2513For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2514from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2515@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2516
2517For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2518@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2519
2520@node v
a4fb0134 2521@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2522
2523@kindex -v
2524@kindex -version
2525@cindex assembler version
2526@cindex version of assembler
2527You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2528option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2529command line.
2530
2531@node W
a4fb0134 2532@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2533
a4fb0134 2534@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2535assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2536cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2537made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2538
c1253627
NC
2539@kindex -W
2540@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2541@cindex suppressing warnings
2542@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2543If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2544This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2545how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2546are still reported.
2547
c1253627 2548@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2549@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2550@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2551If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2552files that generate warnings to be in error.
2553
c1253627 2554@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2555@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2556You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2557causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2558
2559@node Z
a4fb0134 2560@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2561@cindex object file, after errors
2562@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2563After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2564some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2565@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2566option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2567writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2568errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2569
2570@node Syntax
2571@chapter Syntax
2572
2573@cindex machine-independent syntax
2574@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2575This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2576source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2577assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2578@ifclear VAX
2579assembler.
2580@end ifclear
2581@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2582assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2583@end ifset
2584
2585@menu
7c31ae13 2586* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2587* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2588* Comments:: Comments
2589* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2590* Statements:: Statements
2591* Constants:: Constants
2592@end menu
2593
2594@node Preprocessing
2595@section Preprocessing
2596
2597@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2598The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2599@itemize @bullet
2600@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2601@item
2602adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2603the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2604a single space.
2605
2606@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2607@item
2608removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2609appropriate number of newlines.
2610
2611@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2612@item
2613converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2614@end itemize
2615
2616It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2617anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2618do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2619(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2620to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2621@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2622Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2623
2624Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2625cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2626preprocessed.
2627
2628@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2629@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2630@kindex #NO_APP
2631@kindex #APP
2632If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2633@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2634Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2635specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2636text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2637@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2638@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2639and whitespace.
2640
2641@node Whitespace
2642@section Whitespace
2643
2644@cindex whitespace
2645@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2646Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2647people to read. Unless within character constants
2648(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2649as exactly one space.
2650
2651@node Comments
2652@section Comments
2653
2654@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2655There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2656cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2657
2658Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2659This means you may not nest these comments.
2660
2661@smallexample
2662/*
2663 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2664 is to use this sort of comment.
2665*/
2666
2667/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2668@end smallexample
2669
2670@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2671Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2672considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2673specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2674line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2675line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2676comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2677upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2678@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2679
2680If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2681special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2682to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2683
2684@kindex #
2685@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2686@cindex logical line numbers
2687To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2688special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2689expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2690line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2691new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2692
2693If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2694the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2695
2696@smallexample
2697 # This is an ordinary comment.
2698# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2699 # This is logical line # 36.
2700@end smallexample
2701This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2702of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2703
2704@node Symbol Intro
2705@section Symbols
2706
2707@cindex characters used in symbols
2708@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2709A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2710letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2711@samp{_.$}.
2712@end ifclear
2713@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2714@ifclear GENERIC
2715@ifset H8
2716A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2717letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2718@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2719symbol names.)
2720@end ifset
2721@end ifclear
2722@end ifset
2723@ifset GENERIC
2724On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2725are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2726@end ifset
2727No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2728There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2729are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2730beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2731of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2732@cindex length of symbols
2733
2734@node Statements
2735@section Statements
2736
2737@cindex statements, structure of
2738@cindex line separator character
2739@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2740
2741A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2742@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2743specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2744target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2745The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2746preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2747exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2748
2749@cindex newline, required at file end
2750@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2751It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2752character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2753
2754An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2755
2756@cindex instructions and directives
2757@cindex directives and instructions
2758@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2759@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2760@c 13feb91.
2761A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2762key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2763symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2764symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2765directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2766a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2767assembles into a machine language instruction.
2768@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2769Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2770recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2771represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2772language.@refill
2773@end ifset
2774
2775@cindex @code{:} (label)
2776@cindex label (@code{:})
2777A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2778Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2779have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2780
2781@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2782For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2783the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2784only one label may be defined on each line.
2785@end ifset
2786
2787@smallexample
2788label: .directive followed by something
2789another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2790 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2791@end smallexample
2792
2793@node Constants
2794@section Constants
2795
2796@cindex constants
2797A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2798inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2799@smallexample
2800@group
2801.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2802.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2803.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2804.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
280595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2806@end group
2807@end smallexample
2808
2809@menu
2810* Characters:: Character Constants
2811* Numbers:: Number Constants
2812@end menu
2813
2814@node Characters
2815@subsection Character Constants
2816
2817@cindex character constants
2818@cindex constants, character
2819There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2820for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2821numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2822@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2823used in arithmetic expressions.
2824
2825@menu
2826* Strings:: Strings
2827* Chars:: Characters
2828@end menu
2829
2830@node Strings
2831@subsubsection Strings
2832
2833@cindex string constants
2834@cindex constants, string
2835A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2836double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2837into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2838a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2839one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2840@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2841(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2842escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2843
2844@cindex escape codes, character
2845@cindex character escape codes
2846@table @kbd
2847@c @item \a
2848@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2849@c
2850@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2851@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2852@item \b
2853Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2854
2855@c @item \e
2856@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2857@c
2858@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2859@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2860@item \f
2861Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2862
2863@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2864@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2865@item \n
2866Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2867
2868@c @item \p
2869@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2870@c
2871@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2872@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2873@item \r
2874Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2875
2876@c @item \s
2877@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2878@c other assemblers.
2879@c
2880@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2881@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2882@item \t
2883Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2884
2885@c @item \v
2886@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2887@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2888@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2889@c
2890@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2891@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2892@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2893An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2894For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2895for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2896
2897@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2898@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2899@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2900A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2901lower case @code{x} works.
2902
2903@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2904@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2905@item \\
2906Represents one @samp{\} character.
2907
2908@c @item \'
2909@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2910@c This is needed in single character literals
2911@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2912@c a @samp{'}.
2913@c
2914@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2915@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2916@item \"
2917Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2918this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2919
2920@item \ @var{anything-else}
2921Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2922assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2923you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2924interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2925other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2926code and warns you of the fact.
2927@end table
2928
2929Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2930varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2931the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2932compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2933sequence.
2934
2935@node Chars
2936@subsubsection Characters
2937
2938@cindex single character constant
2939@cindex character, single
2940@cindex constant, single character
2941A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2942followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2943to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2944must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2945@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2946grave accent. A newline
2947@ifclear GENERIC
2948@ifclear abnormal-separator
2949(or semicolon @samp{;})
2950@end ifclear
2951@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2952@ifset H8
2953(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2954Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2955@end ifset
2956@end ifset
2957@end ifclear
2958immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2959and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2960constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2961that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2962@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2963
2964@node Numbers
2965@subsection Number Constants
2966
2967@cindex constants, number
2968@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2969@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2970are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2971would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2972integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2973are floating point numbers, described below.
2974
2975@menu
2976* Integers:: Integers
2977* Bignums:: Bignums
2978* Flonums:: Flonums
2979@ifclear GENERIC
2980@ifset I960
2981* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2982@end ifset
2983@end ifclear
2984@end menu
2985
2986@node Integers
2987@subsubsection Integers
2988@cindex integers
2989@cindex constants, integer
2990
2991@cindex binary integers
2992@cindex integers, binary
2993A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2994the binary digits @samp{01}.
2995
2996@cindex octal integers
2997@cindex integers, octal
2998An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2999digits (@samp{01234567}).
3000
3001@cindex decimal integers
3002@cindex integers, decimal
3003A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3004more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3005
3006@cindex hexadecimal integers
3007@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3008A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3009more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3010
3011Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3012the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3013(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3014
3015@node Bignums
3016@subsubsection Bignums
3017
3018@cindex bignums
3019@cindex constants, bignum
3020A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3021except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3022represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3023integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3024
3025@node Flonums
3026@subsubsection Flonums
3027@cindex flonums
3028@cindex floating point numbers
3029@cindex constants, floating point
3030
3031@cindex precision, floating point
3032A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3033indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3034@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3035sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3036to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3037portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3038
3039A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3040@itemize @bullet
3041@item
3042The digit @samp{0}.
3043@ifset HPPA
3044(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3045@end ifset
3046
3047@item
a4fb0134 3048A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3049@ifset GENERIC
3050@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3051@ignore
3052@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3053(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30544.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3055@end ignore
3056
7be1c489 3057On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3058and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3059one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3060
3061On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3062(in upper or lower case).
3063
3064On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3065one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3066
3067On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3068@end ifset
3069@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3070@ifset ARC
3071One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3072@end ifset
3073@ifset H8
3074One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3075@end ifset
3076@ifset HPPA
3077The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3078@end ifset
3079@ifset I960
3080One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3081@end ifset
3082@end ifclear
3083
3084@item
3085An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3086
3087@item
3088An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3089
3090@item
3091An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3092or more decimal digits.
3093
3094@item
3095An optional exponent, consisting of:
3096
3097@itemize @bullet
3098@item
3099An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3100@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3101@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3102@item
3103Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3104@item
3105One or more decimal digits.
3106@end itemize
3107
3108@end itemize
3109
3110At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3111present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3112
a4fb0134 3113@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3114independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3115@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3116
3117@ifclear GENERIC
3118@ifset I960
3119@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3120@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3121@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3122@node Bit Fields
3123@subsubsection Bit Fields
3124
3125@cindex bit fields
3126@cindex constants, bit field
3127You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3128Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3129@example
3130@var{mask}:@var{value}
3131@end example
3132@noindent
a4fb0134 3133@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3134@var{value}.
3135
3136The resulting number is then packed
3137@ifset GENERIC
3138@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3139(in host-dependent byte order)
3140@end ifset
3141into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3142bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3143requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3144more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3145least significant digits.@refill
3146
3147The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3148@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3149@end ifset
3150@end ifclear
3151
3152@node Sections
3153@chapter Sections and Relocation
3154@cindex sections
3155@cindex relocation
3156
3157@menu
3158* Secs Background:: Background
3159* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3160* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3161* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3162* bss:: bss Section
3163@end menu
3164
3165@node Secs Background
3166@section Background
3167
3168Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3169``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3170For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3171
3172@cindex linker, and assembler
3173@cindex assembler, and linker
3174The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3175combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3176emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3177@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3178different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3179oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3180sections.
3181
3182@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3183addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3184units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3185within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3186run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3187the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3188the proper run-time addresses.
3189@ifset H8
7be1c489 3190For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3191@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3192ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3193@end ifset
3194
3195@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3196An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3197of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3198@dfn{bss} sections.
3199
c1253627 3200@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3201@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3202When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3203@end ifset
a4fb0134 3204@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3205using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3206If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3207or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3208@end ifset
3209
3210@ifset HPPA
3211@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3212When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3213@end ifset
a4fb0134 3214@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3215specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3216@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3217(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3218assembler directives.
3219
3220@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3221Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3222text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3223is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3224BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3225@end ifset
3226@end ifset
3227
3228Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3229data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3230
3231@ifset HPPA
3232When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3233section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3234@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3235@end ifset
3236
3237To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3238relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3239object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3240@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3241file is mentioned:
3242@itemize @bullet
3243@item
3244Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3245an address?
3246@item
3247How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3248@item
3249Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3250@display
3251(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3252@end display
3253@item
3254Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3255@end itemize
3256
3257@cindex addresses, format of
3258@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3259In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3260@display
3261(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3262@end display
3263@noindent
a4fb0134 3264Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3265nature.
3266@ifset SOM
3267(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3268symbol-relative instead.)
3269@end ifset
3270
3271In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3272@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3273
3274Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3275@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3276addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3277@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3278@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3279data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3280their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3281part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3282address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3283
3284The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3285address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3286rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3287Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3288address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3289common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3290time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3291
3292By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3293the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3294sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3295customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3296the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3297data and bss sections.
3298
3299Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3300use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3301
3302@node Ld Sections
3303@section Linker Sections
3304@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3305
3306@table @strong
3307
c1253627 3308@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3309@cindex named sections
3310@cindex sections, named
3311@item named sections
3312@end ifset
3313@ifset aout-bout
3314@cindex text section
3315@cindex data section
3316@itemx text section
3317@itemx data section
3318@end ifset
a4fb0134 3319These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3320separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3321true of another.
3322@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3323When the program is running, however, it is
3324customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3325text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3326instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3327program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3328in the data section.
c1253627 3329@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3330
3331@cindex bss section
3332@item bss section
3333This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3334is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3335each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3336out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3337bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3338those explicit zeros from object files.
3339
3340@cindex absolute section
3341@item absolute section
3342Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3343This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3344not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3345addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3346
3347@cindex undefined section
3348@item undefined section
3349This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3350the preceding sections.
3351@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3352@end table
3353
3354@cindex relocation example
3355An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3356@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3357The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3358@end ifset
3359Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3360
3361@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3362@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3363@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3364@smallexample
3365 +-----+----+--+
3366partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3367 +-----+----+--+
3368
3369 text data bss
3370 seg. seg. seg.
3371
3372 +---+---+---+
3373partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3374 +---+---+---+
3375
3376 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3377linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3378 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3379
3380 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3381@end smallexample
3382@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3383@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3384@need 5000
3385@tex
c1253627 3386\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3387\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3388\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3389\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3390
3391\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3392\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3393\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3394
3395\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3396\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3397\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3398ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3399DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3400
3401\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3402\line{0\dots\hfil}
3403
3404@end tex
3405@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3406
3407@node As Sections
3408@section Assembler Internal Sections
3409
3410@cindex internal assembler sections
3411@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3412These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3413have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3414sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3415warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3416meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3417value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3418section-relative address.
3419
3420@table @b
3421@cindex assembler internal logic error
3422@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3423An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3424bug in the assembler.
3425
3426@cindex expr (internal section)
3427@item expr section
3428The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3429symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3430it in the expr section.
3431@c FIXME item debug
3432@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3433@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3434@c FIXME item register
3435@end table
3436
3437@node Sub-Sections
3438@section Sub-Sections
3439
3440@cindex numbered subsections
3441@cindex grouping data
3442@ifset aout-bout
3443Assembled bytes
c1253627 3444@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3445conventionally
3446@end ifset
3447fall into two sections: text and data.
3448@end ifset
3449You may have separate groups of
3450@ifset GENERIC
3451data in named sections
3452@end ifset
3453@ifclear GENERIC
3454@ifclear aout-bout
3455data in named sections
3456@end ifclear
3457@ifset aout-bout
3458text or data
3459@end ifset
3460@end ifclear
3461that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3462are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3463use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3464numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3465same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3466subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3467section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3468assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3469section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3470constants being output.
3471
3472Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3473goes in subsection number zero.
3474
3475@ifset GENERIC
3476Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3477(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3478of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3479@end ifset
3480@ifclear GENERIC
3481@ifset H8
7be1c489 3482On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3483boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3484The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3485@end ifset
3486@ifset I960
3487@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3488@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3489@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3490@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3491@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3492@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3493@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3494@end ifclear
3495
3496Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3497to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3498The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3499other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3500They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3501data subsections as a data section.
3502
3503To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3504into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3505@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3506@ifset COFF
252b5132 3507@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3508When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3509@end ifset
3510@ifclear GENERIC
3511You
3512@end ifclear
3513can also use an extra subsection
3514argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3515@var{expression}}.
3516@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3517@ifset ELF
3518@ifset GENERIC
3519When generating ELF output, you
3520@end ifset
3521@ifclear GENERIC
3522You
3523@end ifclear
3524can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3525to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3526@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3527@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3528(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3529is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3530begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3531@smallexample
3532.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3533.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3534.text 1
3535.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3536.data 0
3537.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3538.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3539.text 0
3540.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3541.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3542@end smallexample
3543
3544Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3545assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3546restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3547counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3548@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3549current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3550assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3551
3552@node bss
3553@section bss Section
3554
3555@cindex bss section
3556@cindex common variable storage
3557The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3558You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3559not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3560your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3561section are zeroed bytes.
3562
3563The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3564@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3565
3566The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3567another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3568
3569@ifset GENERIC
3570When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3571COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3572see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3573section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3574@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3575@end ifset
3576
3577@node Symbols
3578@chapter Symbols
3579
3580@cindex symbols
3581Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3582things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3583to debug.
3584
3585@quotation
3586@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3587@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3588the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3589@end quotation
3590
3591@menu
3592* Labels:: Labels
3593* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3594* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3595* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3596* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3597@end menu
3598
3599@node Labels
3600@section Labels
3601
3602@cindex labels
3603A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3604@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3605active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3606operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3607different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3608definitions.
3609
3610@ifset HPPA
3611On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3612colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3613a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3614provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3615@end ifset
3616
3617@node Setting Symbols
3618@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3619
3620@cindex assigning values to symbols
3621@cindex symbol values, assigning
3622A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3623by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3624(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3625directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3626equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3627@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3628
f8739b83
JZ
3629@ifset Blackfin
3630Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3631@end ifset
3632
252b5132
RH
3633@node Symbol Names
3634@section Symbol Names
3635
3636@cindex symbol names
3637@cindex names, symbol
3638@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3639Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3640machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3641noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3642string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3643particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3644@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3645@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3646@ifset H8
3647Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3648Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3649character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3650on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3651@end ifset
3652@end ifset
3653
3654Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3655than @code{Foo}.
3656
7bfd842d
NC
3657Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3658multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3659@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3660currently supported.
3661
252b5132
RH
3662Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3663refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3664in a program.
3665
3666@subheading Local Symbol Names
3667
3668@cindex local symbol names
3669@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3670A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3671By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3672@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3673set of local label prefixes.
3674@ifset HPPA
3675On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3676@end ifset
3677
3678Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3679normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3680You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3681to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3682
3683@subheading Local Labels
3684
3685@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3686@cindex temporary symbol names
3687@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3688Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3689They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3690the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3691To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3692represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3693definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3694you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3695@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3696for ``forwards''.
3697
3698There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3699too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3700the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3701defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3702definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3703noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3704implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3705
3706Here is an example:
3707
3708@smallexample
37091: branch 1f
37102: branch 1b
37111: branch 2f
37122: branch 1b
3713@end smallexample
3714
3715Which is the equivalent of:
3716
3717@smallexample
3718label_1: branch label_3
3719label_2: branch label_1
3720label_3: branch label_4
3721label_4: branch label_3
3722@end smallexample
3723
ba83aca1 3724Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3725transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3726The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3727are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3728these parts:
252b5132
RH
3729
3730@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3731@item @emph{local label prefix}
3732All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3733Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3734that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3735used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3736@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3737object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3738you may use them in debugging.
3739
2d5aaba0
NC
3740@item @var{number}
3741This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3742label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3743
2d5aaba0
NC
3744@item @kbd{C-B}
3745This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3746of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3747
3748@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3749This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3750@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3751number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3752the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3753@end table
3754
ba83aca1
BW
3755So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3756the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3757
3758@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3759@cindex dollar local symbols
3760
3761@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3762dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3763soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3764region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3765scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3766the same local label.
3767
3768Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3769except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3770@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3771
3772They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3773names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3774to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3775@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3776
3777@node Dot
3778@section The Special Dot Symbol
3779
3780@cindex dot (symbol)
3781@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3782@cindex current address
3783@cindex location counter
3784The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3785@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3786.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3787Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3788directive.
252b5132 3789@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3790Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3791@samp{.space 4}.
3792@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3793
3794@node Symbol Attributes
3795@section Symbol Attributes
3796
3797@cindex symbol attributes
3798@cindex attributes, symbol
3799Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3800``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3801attributes.
3802@ifset INTERNALS
3803The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3804@end ifset
3805
a4fb0134 3806If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3807all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3808symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3809would want.
3810
3811@menu
3812* Symbol Value:: Value
3813* Symbol Type:: Type
3814@ifset aout-bout
3815@ifset GENERIC
3816* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3817@end ifset
3818@ifclear GENERIC
3819@ifclear BOUT
3820* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3821@end ifclear
3822@ifset BOUT
3823* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3824@end ifset
3825@end ifclear
3826@end ifset
3827@ifset COFF
3828* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3829@end ifset
3830@ifset SOM
3831* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3832@end ifset
3833@end menu
3834
3835@node Symbol Value
3836@subsection Value
3837
3838@cindex value of a symbol
3839@cindex symbol value
3840The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3841location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3842number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3843Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3844as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3845symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3846called absolute.
3847
3848The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38490 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3850@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3851same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3852name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3853common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3854bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3855allocated storage.
3856
3857@node Symbol Type
3858@subsection Type
3859
3860@cindex type of a symbol
3861@cindex symbol type
3862The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3863information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3864(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3865format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3866
3867@ifset aout-bout
3868@ifclear GENERIC
3869@ifset BOUT
3870@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3871@c better if it were available outside examples.
3872@need 1000
3873@node a.out Symbols
3874@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3875
3876@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3877@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3878These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3879one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3880@code{b.out}.
3881
3882@end ifset
3883@ifclear BOUT
3884@node a.out Symbols
3885@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3886
3887@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3888@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3889
3890@end ifclear
3891@end ifclear
3892@ifset GENERIC
3893@node a.out Symbols
3894@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3895
3896@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3897@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3898
3899@end ifset
3900@menu
3901* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3902* Symbol Other:: Other
3903@end menu
3904
3905@node Symbol Desc
3906@subsubsection Descriptor
3907
3908@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3909This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3910descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3911(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3912@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3913
3914@node Symbol Other
3915@subsubsection Other
3916
3917@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3918This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3919@end ifset
3920
3921@ifset COFF
3922@node COFF Symbols
3923@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3924
3925@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3926@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3927
3928The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3929like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3930@code{.endef} directives.
3931
3932@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3933
3934@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3935The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3936respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3937
3938@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3939
3940@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3941The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3942@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3943table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3944@end ifset
3945
3946@ifset SOM
3947@node SOM Symbols
3948@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3949
3950@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3951@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3952
3953The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3954the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3955
01642c12 3956The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3957Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3958@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3959@end ifset
3960
3961@node Expressions
3962@chapter Expressions
3963
3964@cindex expressions
3965@cindex addresses
3966@cindex numeric values
3967An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3968Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3969
3970The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3971a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3972enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3973section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3974the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3975@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3976
3977@menu
3978* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3979* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3980@end menu
3981
3982@node Empty Exprs
3983@section Empty Expressions
3984
3985@cindex empty expressions
3986@cindex expressions, empty
3987An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3988Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3989expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3990is compatible with other assemblers.
3991
3992@node Integer Exprs
3993@section Integer Expressions
3994
3995@cindex integer expressions
3996@cindex expressions, integer
3997An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3998by @emph{operators}.
3999
4000@menu
4001* Arguments:: Arguments
4002* Operators:: Operators
4003* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4004* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4005@end menu
4006
4007@node Arguments
4008@subsection Arguments
4009
4010@cindex expression arguments
4011@cindex arguments in expressions
4012@cindex operands in expressions
4013@cindex arithmetic operands
4014@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4015contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4016this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4017the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4018expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4019instruction operands.
4020
4021Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4022@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4023or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4024integer.
4025
4026Numbers are usually integers.
4027
4028A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4029that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4030these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4031instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4032assemblers.
4033
4034@cindex subexpressions
4035Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4036expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4037operator followed by an argument.
4038
4039@node Operators
4040@subsection Operators
4041
4042@cindex operators, in expressions
4043@cindex arithmetic functions
4044@cindex functions, in expressions
4045@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4046operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4047between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4048whitespace.
4049
4050@node Prefix Ops
4051@subsection Prefix Operator
4052
4053@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4054@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4055one argument, which must be absolute.
4056
4057@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4058@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4059@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4060@tex
4061\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4062@end tex
4063
4064@table @code
4065@item -
4066@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4067@item ~
4068@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4069@end table
4070
4071@tex
4072\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4073@end tex
4074
4075@node Infix Ops
4076@subsection Infix Operators
4077
4078@cindex infix operators
4079@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4080@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4081have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4082to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4083absolute, and the result is absolute.
4084
4085@enumerate
4086@cindex operator precedence
4087@cindex precedence of operators
4088
4089@item
4090Highest Precedence
4091
4092@table @code
4093@item *
4094@dfn{Multiplication}.
4095
4096@item /
4097@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4098
4099@item %
4100@dfn{Remainder}.
4101
d1eac9d9 4102@item <<
252b5132
RH
4103@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4104
d1eac9d9 4105@item >>
252b5132
RH
4106@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4107@end table
4108
4109@item
4110Intermediate precedence
4111
4112@table @code
4113@item |
4114
4115@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4116
4117@item &
4118@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4119
4120@item ^
4121@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4122
4123@item !
4124@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4125@end table
4126
4127@item
b131d4dc 4128Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4129
4130@table @code
4131@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4132@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4133@cindex arguments for addition
4134@item +
4135@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4136the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4137sections.
4138
4139@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4140@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4141@cindex arguments for subtraction
4142@item -
4143@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4144result has the section of the left argument.
4145If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4146You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4147@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4148
4149@cindex comparison expressions
4150@cindex expressions, comparison
4151@item ==
4152@dfn{Is Equal To}
4153@item <>
723a8472 4154@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4155@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4156@item <
4157@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4158@item >
b131d4dc 4159@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4160@item >=
b131d4dc 4161@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4162@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4163@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4164
4165The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4166value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4167perform signed comparisons.
4168@end table
4169
4170@item Lowest Precedence
4171
4172@table @code
4173@item &&
4174@dfn{Logical And}.
4175
4176@item ||
4177@dfn{Logical Or}.
4178
4179These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4180expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4181value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4182or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4183
252b5132
RH
4184@end table
4185@end enumerate
4186
4187In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4188address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4189
4190@node Pseudo Ops
4191@chapter Assembler Directives
4192
4193@cindex directives, machine independent
4194@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4195@cindex machine independent directives
4196All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4197The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4198
4199This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4200target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4201@ifset GENERIC
4202Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4203@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4204@end ifset
4205@ifclear GENERIC
4206@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4207@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4208@end ifset
4209@end ifclear
4210
4211@menu
4212* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4213@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4214* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4215@end ifset
f0dc282c 4216
252b5132 4217* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4218* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4219* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4220* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4221* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4222* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4223* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4224* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4225* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4226* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4227@ifset COFF
4228* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4229@end ifset
4230@ifset aout-bout
4231* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4232@end ifset
4233@ifset COFF
4234* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4235@end ifset
f0dc282c 4236
252b5132
RH
4237* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4238* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4239* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4240* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4241* End:: @code{.end}
4242@ifset COFF
4243* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4244@end ifset
f0dc282c 4245
252b5132
RH
4246* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4247* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4248* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4249* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4250* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4251* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4252* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4253* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4254* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4255* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4256* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4257* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4258* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4259* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4260* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4261@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4262* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4263* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4264@end ifset
f0dc282c 4265
252b5132
RH
4266* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4267* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4268* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4269* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4270* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4271* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4272@ifset ELF
4273* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4274@end ifset
f0dc282c 4275
252b5132
RH
4276* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4277* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4278* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4279* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4280@ifclear no-line-dir
4281* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4282@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4283
252b5132
RH
4284* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4285* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4286* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4287* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4288* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4289@ifset ELF
4290* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4291@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4292
252b5132
RH
4293* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4294@ignore
4295* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4296@end ignore
f0dc282c 4297
252b5132
RH
4298* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4299* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4300* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4301* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4302* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4303* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4304* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4305* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4306@ifset ELF
4307* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4308* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4309@end ifset
f0dc282c 4310
252b5132 4311* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4312@ifset ELF
4313* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4314@end ifset
f0dc282c 4315
252b5132
RH
4316* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4317* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4318@ifset ELF
4319* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4320@end ifset
f0dc282c 4321
252b5132 4322* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4323* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4324* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4325* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4326@ifset COFF
4327* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4328@end ifset
4329@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4330* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4331@end ifset
f0dc282c 4332
252b5132
RH
4333* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4334* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4335* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4336@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4337* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4338@end ifset
884f0d36 4339@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4340* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4341@end ifclear
4342
252b5132 4343* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4344@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4345* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4346@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4347@ifset have-stabs
4348* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4349@end ifset
f0dc282c 4350
38a57ae7 4351* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4352* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4353@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4354* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4355* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4356@end ifset
f0dc282c 4357
252b5132
RH
4358@ifset COFF
4359* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4360@end ifset
f0dc282c 4361
252b5132
RH
4362* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4363* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4364@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4365* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4366@end ifset
4367
c91d2e08 4368* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4369@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4370* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4371@end ifset
f0dc282c 4372
2e13b764 4373@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4374* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4375* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4376* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4377@end ifset
f0dc282c 4378
d190d046 4379* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4380* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4381* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4382* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4383* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4384@end menu
4385
4386@node Abort
4387@section @code{.abort}
4388
4389@cindex @code{abort} directive
4390@cindex stopping the assembly
4391This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4392compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4393assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4394of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4395quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4396
4397@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4398@node ABORT (COFF)
4399@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4400
4401@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4402When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4403synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4404
4405@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4406When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4407but ignores it.
4408@end ifset
4409@end ifset
4410
4411@node Align
4412@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4413
4414@cindex padding the location counter
4415@cindex @code{align} directive
4416Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4417boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4418required, as described below.
4419
4420The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4421padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4422padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4423marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4424with no-op instructions.
4425
4426The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4427it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4428directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4429specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4430fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4431required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4432with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4433
4434The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4435For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4436s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4437alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4438the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4439is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4440first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4441
9e9a9798 4442For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4443strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4444number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4445advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4446counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4447multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4448
4449This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4450native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4451GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4452described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4453architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4454
ccf8a69b
BW
4455@node Altmacro
4456@section @code{.altmacro}
4457Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4458
4459@ftable @code
4460@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4461One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4462generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4463replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4464replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4465separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4466define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4467
4468@item String delimiters
4469You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4470@code{"@var{string}"}:
4471
4472@table @code
4473@item '@var{string}'
4474You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4475
4476@item <@var{string}>
4477You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4478@end table
4479
4480@item single-character string escape
4481To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4482character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4483character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4484write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4485
4486@item Expression results as strings
4487You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4488and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4489@end ftable
4490
252b5132
RH
4491@node Ascii
4492@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4493
4494@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4495@cindex string literals
4496@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4497separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4498trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4499
4500@node Asciz
4501@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4502
4503@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4504@cindex zero-terminated strings
4505@cindex null-terminated strings
4506@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4507a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4508
4509@node Balign
4510@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4511
4512@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4513@cindex @code{balign} directive
4514Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4515storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4516alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4517the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4518is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4519
4520The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4521padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4522padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4523marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4524with no-op instructions.
4525
4526The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4527it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4528directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4529specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4530fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4531required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4532with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4533
4534@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4535@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4536The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4537@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4538pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4539fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45404,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4541filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4542the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4543undefined.
4544
fa94de6b
RM
4545@node Bundle directives
4546@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4547@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4548@cindex bundle
4549@cindex instruction bundle
4550@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4551@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4552bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4553into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4554disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4555gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4556@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4557
4558For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4559certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4560instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4561@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4562chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4563effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4564instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4565that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4566end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4567starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4568instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4569
4570@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4571@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4572@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4573The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4574allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4575are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4576aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4577@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4578directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4579
4580@cindex bundle-locked
4581For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4582appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4583instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4584and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4585instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4586sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4587@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4588entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4589boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4590first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4591aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4592bundle size.
4593
d416e51d
RM
4594For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4595inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4596nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4597@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4598matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4599same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4600
252b5132
RH
4601@node Byte
4602@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4603
4604@cindex @code{byte} directive
4605@cindex integers, one byte
4606@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4607Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4608
54cfded0 4609@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4610@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4611@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4612@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4613should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4614If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4615if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4616To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4617directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4618
4b7d318b 4619@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4620@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4621@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4622should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4623data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4624@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4625
01642c12 4626Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4627it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4628
54cfded0
AM
4629@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4630@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4631@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4632unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4633@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4634
9b8ae42e
JJ
4635@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4636@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4637@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4638should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4639argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4640a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4641the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4642can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4643The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4644no personality routine.
4645
4646@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4647@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4648@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4649should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4650argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4651or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4652no LSDA.
4653
54cfded0 4654@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4655@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4656address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4657
4658@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4659@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4660now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4661remains the same.
4662
4663@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4664@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4665remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4666absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4667CFA address.
4668
4669@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4670Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4671value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4672
4673@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4674Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4675CFA.
54cfded0 4676
17076204
RH
4677@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4678Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4679the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4680using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4681This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4682code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4683
4b7d318b
L
4684@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4685Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4686
4687@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4688@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4689same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4690instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4691
4692@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4693From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4694
4695@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4696Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4697i.e. no restoration needed.
4698
01642c12
RM
4699@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4700First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4701then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4702everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4703the previous saved state.
4704
4705@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4706Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4707directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4708
63752a75
JJ
4709@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4710Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4711
6749011b 4712@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4713SPARC register window has been saved.
4714
cdfbf930
RH
4715@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4716Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4717might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4718opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4719
f1c4cc75
RH
4720@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4721The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4722will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4723description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4724
4725The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4726limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4727mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4728by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4729or another register.
4730
ccf8a69b
BW
4731@node Comm
4732@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4733
ccf8a69b
BW
4734@cindex @code{comm} directive
4735@cindex symbol, common
4736@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4737common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4738of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4739definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4740allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4741absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4742the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4743using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4744
c1711530
DK
4745@ifset COFF-ELF
4746When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4747an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4748specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4749that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4750as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4751boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4752power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4753common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4754alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4755largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4756maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4757is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4758@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4759multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4760It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4761(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4762@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4763
ccf8a69b
BW
4764@ifset HPPA
4765The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4766@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4767@end ifset
07a53e5c 4768
252b5132
RH
4769@node Data
4770@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4771
4772@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4773@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4774end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4775absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4776to zero.
4777
4778@ifset COFF
4779@node Def
4780@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4781
4782@cindex @code{def} directive
4783@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4784@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4785Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4786definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4787@ifset BOUT
4788
a4fb0134 4789This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4790format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4791but ignored.
4792@end ifset
4793@end ifset
4794
4795@ifset aout-bout
4796@node Desc
4797@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4798
4799@cindex @code{desc} directive
4800@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4801@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4802This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4803to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4804
4805@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4806The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4807configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4808object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4809it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4810@end ifset
4811@end ifset
4812
4813@ifset COFF
4814@node Dim
4815@section @code{.dim}
4816
4817@cindex @code{dim} directive
4818@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4819@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4820This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4821information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4822@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4823@ifset BOUT
4824
4825@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4826@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4827ignores it.
4828@end ifset
4829@end ifset
4830
4831@node Double
4832@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4833
4834@cindex @code{double} directive
4835@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4836@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4837assembles floating point numbers.
4838@ifset GENERIC
4839The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4840@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4841@end ifset
4842@ifclear GENERIC
4843@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4844On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4845in @sc{ieee} format.
4846@end ifset
4847@end ifclear
4848
4849@node Eject
4850@section @code{.eject}
4851
4852@cindex @code{eject} directive
4853@cindex new page, in listings
4854@cindex page, in listings
4855@cindex listing control: new page
4856Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4857
4858@node Else
4859@section @code{.else}
4860
4861@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4862@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4863assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4864of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4865was false.
4866
3fd9f047
TW
4867@node Elseif
4868@section @code{.elseif}
4869
4870@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4871@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4872assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4873@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4874
252b5132
RH
4875@node End
4876@section @code{.end}
4877
4878@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4879@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4880process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4881
4882@ifset COFF
4883@node Endef
4884@section @code{.endef}
4885
4886@cindex @code{endef} directive
4887This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4888@code{.def}.
4889@ifset BOUT
4890
4891@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4892@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4893directive but ignores it.
4894@end ifset
4895@end ifset
4896
4897@node Endfunc
4898@section @code{.endfunc}
4899@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4900@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4901
4902@node Endif
4903@section @code{.endif}
4904
4905@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4906@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4907it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4908conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4909
4910@node Equ
4911@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4912
4913@cindex @code{equ} directive
4914@cindex assigning values to symbols
4915@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4916This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4917It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4918
4919@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4920The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4921@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4922@end ifset
4923
3c9b82ba 4924@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4925The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4926@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4927On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4928but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4929Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4930@end ifset
4931
252b5132
RH
4932@node Equiv
4933@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4934@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4935The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4936the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4937symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4938undefined.
252b5132 4939
01642c12 4940Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4941@smallexample
4942.ifdef SYM
4943.err
4944.endif
4945.equ SYM,VAL
4946@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4947plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4948
4949@node Eqv
4950@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4951@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4952The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4953evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4954the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4955value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4956
4957@node Err
4958@section @code{.err}
4959@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4960If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4961message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4962object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4963
d190d046
HPN
4964@node Error
4965@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4966@cindex error directive
4967
4968Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4969string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4970message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4971@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4972
4973@smallexample
4974 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4975@end smallexample
4976
252b5132
RH
4977@node Exitm
4978@section @code{.exitm}
4979Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4980
4981@node Extern
4982@section @code{.extern}
4983
4984@cindex @code{extern} directive
4985@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4986with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4987all undefined symbols as external.
4988
4989@node Fail
4990@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4991
4992@cindex @code{fail} directive
4993Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4994or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4995than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4996include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4997complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4998
252b5132 4999@node File
14082c76 5000@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5001@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5002
5003@ifclear no-file-dir
5004There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5005that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5006@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5007
5008@subheading Default Version
5009
252b5132
RH
5010@cindex logical file name
5011@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5012This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5013are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5014
5015@smallexample
5016.file @var{string}
5017@end smallexample
5018
5019@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5020recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5021to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5022statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5023old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5024
5025@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5026@end ifclear
5027
14082c76
BW
5028When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5029to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5030
5031@smallexample
5032.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5033@end smallexample
5034
5035The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5036index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5037literal.
5038
5039The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5040table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5041information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5042entries will have.
5043
252b5132
RH
5044@node Fill
5045@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5046
5047@cindex @code{fill} directive
5048@cindex writing patterns in memory
5049@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5050@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5051This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5052may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5053more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5054other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5055is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5056zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5057byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5058Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5059@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5060compatible with other people's assemblers.
5061
5062@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5063If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5064assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5065@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5066
5067@node Float
5068@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5069
5070@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5071@cindex @code{float} directive
5072This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5073has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5074@ifset GENERIC
5075The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5076@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5077@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5078@end ifset
5079@ifclear GENERIC
5080@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5081On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5082in @sc{ieee} format.
5083@end ifset
5084@end ifclear
5085
5086@node Func
5087@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5088@cindex @code{func} directive
5089@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5090is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5091Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5092@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5093prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5094@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5095All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5096The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5097
5098@node Global
5099@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5100
5101@cindex @code{global} directive
5102@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5103@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5104@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5105other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5106@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5107from another file linked into the same program.
5108
5109Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5110compatibility with other assemblers.
5111
5112@ifset HPPA
5113On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5114partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5115@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5116@end ifset
5117
c91d2e08 5118@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5119@node Gnu_attribute
5120@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5121Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5122
c91d2e08
NC
5123@node Hidden
5124@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5125
c1253627
NC
5126@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5127@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5128This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5129@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5130@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5131
5132This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5133their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5134@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5135Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5136@end ifset
5137
252b5132
RH
5138@node hword
5139@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5140
5141@cindex @code{hword} directive
5142@cindex integers, 16-bit
5143@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5144@cindex sixteen bit integers
5145This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5146a 16 bit number for each.
5147
5148@ifset GENERIC
5149This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5150architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5151@end ifset
5152@ifclear GENERIC
5153@ifset W32
5154This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5155@end ifset
5156@ifset W16
5157This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5158@end ifset
5159@end ifclear
5160
5161@node Ident
5162@section @code{.ident}
5163
5164@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5165
5166This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5167behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5168a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5169source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5170for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5171@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5172emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5173
5174@node If
5175@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5176
5177@cindex conditional assembly
5178@cindex @code{if} directive
5179@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5180considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5181(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5182the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5183(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5184alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5185If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5186nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5187
5188The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5189@table @code
5190@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5191@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5192Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5193has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5194is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5195
26aca5f6
JB
5196@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5197@item .ifb @var{text}
5198Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5199
252b5132
RH
5200@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5201@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5202Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5203strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5204the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5205end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5206string comparison is case sensitive.
5207
5208@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5209@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5210Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5211
5212@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5213@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5214Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5215
5216@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5217@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5218Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5219equal to zero.
5220
5221@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5222@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5223Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5224
5225@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5226@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5227Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5228to zero.
5229
5230@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5231@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5232Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5233
26aca5f6
JB
5234@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5235@item .ifnb @var{text}
5236Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5237following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5238
252b5132
RH
5239@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5240@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5241Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5242following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5243
5244@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5245@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5246@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5247@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5248Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5249has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5250which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5251
5252@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5253@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5254Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5255(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5256
5257@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5258@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5259Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5260following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5261@end table
5262
7e005732
NC
5263@node Incbin
5264@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5265
5266@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5267@cindex binary files, including
5268The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5269location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5270option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5271around @var{file}.
5272
5273The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5274@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5275read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5276responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5277after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5278
252b5132
RH
5279@node Include
5280@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5281
5282@cindex @code{include} directive
5283@cindex supporting files, including
5284@cindex files, including
5285This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5286points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5287if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5288included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5289can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5290(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5291around @var{file}.
5292
5293@node Int
5294@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5295
5296@cindex @code{int} directive
5297@cindex integers, 32-bit
5298Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5299For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5300expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5301of target the assembly is for.
5302
5303@ifclear GENERIC
5304@ifset H8
7be1c489 5305On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5306integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
530732-bit integers.
5308@end ifset
5309@end ifclear
5310
c91d2e08
NC
5311@ifset ELF
5312@node Internal
5313@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5314
c1253627
NC
5315@cindex @code{internal} directive
5316@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5317This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5318@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5319@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5320
5321This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5322their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5323@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5324(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5325processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5326@end ifset
5327
252b5132
RH
5328@node Irp
5329@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5330
5331@cindex @code{irp} directive
5332Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5333The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5334terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5335set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5336@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5337@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5338sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5339
5340For example, assembling
5341
5342@example
5343 .irp param,1,2,3
5344 move d\param,sp@@-
5345 .endr
5346@end example
5347
5348is equivalent to assembling
5349
5350@example
5351 move d1,sp@@-
5352 move d2,sp@@-
5353 move d3,sp@@-
5354@end example
5355
96e9638b 5356For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5357
252b5132
RH
5358@node Irpc
5359@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5360
5361@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5362Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5363The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5364terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5365@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5366assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5367assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5368@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5369
5370For example, assembling
5371
5372@example
5373 .irpc param,123
5374 move d\param,sp@@-
5375 .endr
5376@end example
5377
5378is equivalent to assembling
5379
5380@example
5381 move d1,sp@@-
5382 move d2,sp@@-
5383 move d3,sp@@-
5384@end example
5385
5e75c3ab
JB
5386For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5387at @xref{Macro}.
5388
252b5132
RH
5389@node Lcomm
5390@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5391
5392@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5393@cindex local common symbols
5394@cindex symbols, local common
5395Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5396denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5397those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5398section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5399is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5400not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5401
5402@ifset GENERIC
5403Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5404argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5405@end ifset
5406
5407@ifset HPPA
5408The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5409@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5410@end ifset
5411
5412@node Lflags
5413@section @code{.lflags}
5414
5415@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5416@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5417assemblers, but ignores it.
5418
5419@ifclear no-line-dir
5420@node Line
5421@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5422
5423@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5424@cindex logical line number
5425@ifset aout-bout
5426Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5427expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5428statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5429reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5430@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5431for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5432@end ifset
5433
252b5132 5434Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5435@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5436when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5437were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5438@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5439
5440Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5441used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5442debugging.
5443@end ifclear
5444
5445@node Linkonce
5446@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5447@cindex COMDAT
5448@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5449@cindex common sections
5450Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5451This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5452but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5453The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5454Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5455unique.
5456
5457This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5458writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5459Executable format used on Windows NT.
5460
5461The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5462following strings. For example:
5463@smallexample
5464.linkonce same_size
5465@end smallexample
5466Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5467
5468@table @code
5469@item discard
5470Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5471
5472@item one_only
5473Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5474
5475@item same_size
5476Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5477
5478@item same_contents
5479Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5480@end table
5481
ccf8a69b
BW
5482@node List
5483@section @code{.list}
5484
5485@cindex @code{list} directive
5486@cindex listing control, turning on
5487Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5488not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5489internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5490counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5491generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5492
5493By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5494@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5495the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5496
252b5132
RH
5497@node Ln
5498@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5499
5500@cindex @code{ln} directive
5501@ifclear no-line-dir
5502@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5503@end ifclear
5504@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5505Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5506must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5507line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5508statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5509line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5510@ifset BOUT
5511
a4fb0134 5512This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5513configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5514output format.
5515@end ifset
5516@end ifset
5517
ccf8a69b
BW
5518@node Loc
5519@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5520@cindex @code{loc} directive
5521When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5522the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5523number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5524instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5525arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5526the row is added.
252b5132 5527
ccf8a69b
BW
5528The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5529
5530@table @code
5531@item basic_block
5532This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5533@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5534
5535@item prologue_end
5536This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5537@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5538
5539@item epilogue_begin
5540This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5541@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5542
5543@item is_stmt @var{value}
5544This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5545@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5546either 0 or 1.
5547
5548@item isa @var{value}
5549This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5550state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5551
92846e72
CC
5552@item discriminator @var{value}
5553This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5554state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5555
ccf8a69b
BW
5556@end table
5557
5558@node Loc_mark_labels
5559@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5560@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5561When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5562the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5563to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5564register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5565The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5566this function respectively.
252b5132 5567
4d4175af
BW
5568@ifset ELF
5569@node Local
5570@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5571
5572@cindex @code{local} directive
5573This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5574the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5575will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5576they will be created.
5577
5578For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5579accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5580the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5581(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5582@end ifset
5583
252b5132
RH
5584@node Long
5585@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5586
5587@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5588@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5589
5590@ignore
5591@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5592@c what it really ought to do
5593@node Lsym
5594@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5595
5596@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5597@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5598@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5599the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5600rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5601the same as the expression value:
5602@smallexample
5603@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5604@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5605@var{value} = @var{expression}
5606@end smallexample
5607@noindent
5608The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5609@end ignore
5610
5611@node Macro
5612@section @code{.macro}
5613
5614@cindex macros
5615The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5616generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5617@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5618
5619@example
5620 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5621 .long \from
5622 .if \to-\from
5623 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5624 .endif
5625 .endm
5626@end example
5627
5628@noindent
5629With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5630
5631@example
5632 .long 0
5633 .long 1
5634 .long 2
5635 .long 3
5636 .long 4
5637 .long 5
5638@end example
5639
5640@ftable @code
5641@item .macro @var{macname}
5642@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5643@cindex @code{macro} directive
5644Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5645definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5646separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5647indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5648@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5649(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5650macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5651cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5652subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5653definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5654
5655@table @code
5656@item .macro comm
5657Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5658arguments.
5659
6258339f 5660@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5661@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5662Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5663which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5664@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5665
5666@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5667Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5668arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5669After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5670@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5671@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5672,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5673@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5674
6eaeac8a
JB
5675@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5676Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5677arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5678not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5679will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5680
252b5132
RH
5681When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5682position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5683@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5684
6258339f
NC
5685@end table
5686
5e75c3ab
JB
5687Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5688as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5689occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5690characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5691(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5692architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5693character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5694replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5695construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5696identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5697this macro definition:
5698
5699@example
5700 .macro label l
5701\l:
5702 .endm
5703@end example
5704
5705might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5706called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5707assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5708identifier.
5709
5710Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5711which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5712for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5713length specifier like this:
5714
5715@example
5716 .macro opcode base length
5717 \base.\length
5718 .endm
5719@end example
5720
5721and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5722instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5723interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5724
5725There are several possible ways around this problem:
5726
5727@table @code
5728@item Insert white space
5729If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5730solution. eg:
5731
5732@example
5733 .macro label l
5734\l :
5735 .endm
5736@end example
5737
5738@item Use @samp{\()}
5739The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5740the following text. eg:
5741
5742@example
5743 .macro opcode base length
5744 \base\().\length
5745 .endm
5746@end example
5747
5748@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5749In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5750used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5751
5752@example
5753 .altmacro
5754 .macro label l
5755l&:
5756 .endm
5757@end example
6258339f 5758@end table
5e75c3ab 5759
96e9638b 5760Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5761also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5762and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5763
252b5132
RH
5764@item .endm
5765@cindex @code{endm} directive
5766Mark the end of a macro definition.
5767
5768@item .exitm
5769@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5770Exit early from the current macro definition.
5771
5772@cindex number of macros executed
5773@cindex macros, count executed
5774@item \@@
a4fb0134 5775@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5776executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5777output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5778
252b5132
RH
5779@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5780@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5781macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5782@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5783@end ftable
252b5132 5784
ccf8a69b
BW
5785@node MRI
5786@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5787
ccf8a69b
BW
5788@cindex @code{mri} directive
5789@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5790If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5791@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5792affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5793of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5794
caa32fe5
NC
5795@node Noaltmacro
5796@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5797Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5798
252b5132
RH
5799@node Nolist
5800@section @code{.nolist}
5801
5802@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5803@cindex listing control, turning off
5804Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5805not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5806internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5807counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5808generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5809
5810@node Octa
5811@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5812
5813@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5814@cindex @code{octa} directive
5815@cindex integer, 16-byte
5816@cindex sixteen byte integer
5817This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5818bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5819
5820The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5821hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5822
9aec2026
NC
5823@node Offset
5824@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5825
5826@cindex @code{offset} directive
5827Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5828be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5829symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5830directive.
9aec2026 5831
252b5132
RH
5832@node Org
5833@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5834
5835@cindex @code{org} directive
5836@cindex location counter, advancing
5837@cindex advancing location counter
5838@cindex current address, advancing
5839Advance the location counter of the current section to
5840@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5841expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5842you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5843wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5844with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5845@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5846is the same as the current subsection.
5847
5848@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5849unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5850backwards.
5851
5852@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5853@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5854@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5855Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5856may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5857a chance to share your improved assembler.
5858
5859Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5860to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5861people's assemblers.
5862
5863When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5864intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5865absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5866@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5867
5868@node P2align
5869@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5870
5871@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5872@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5873Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5874storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5875number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5876advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5877counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5878multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5879
5880The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5881padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5882padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5883marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5884with no-op instructions.
5885
5886The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5887it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5888directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5889specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5890fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5891required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5892with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5893
5894@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5895@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5896The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5897@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5898pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5899fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
59002,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5901filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5902the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5903undefined.
5904
ccf8a69b
BW
5905@ifset ELF
5906@node PopSection
5907@section @code{.popsection}
5908
5909@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5910@cindex Section Stack
5911This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5912@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5913@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5914(@pxref{Previous}).
5915
5916This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5917section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5918stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5919@end ifset
5920
c91d2e08
NC
5921@ifset ELF
5922@node Previous
5923@section @code{.previous}
5924
c1253627 5925@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5926@cindex Section Stack
5927This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5928@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5929@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5930(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5931
5932This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5933referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5934@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5935subsections). For example:
5936
5937@smallexample
5938.section A
5939 .subsection 1
5940 .word 0x1234
5941 .subsection 2
5942 .word 0x5678
5943.previous
5944 .word 0x9abc
5945@end smallexample
5946
5947Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5948section A. Whilst:
5949
5950@smallexample
5951.section A
5952.subsection 1
5953 # Now in section A subsection 1
5954 .word 0x1234
5955.section B
5956.subsection 0
5957 # Now in section B subsection 0
5958 .word 0x5678
5959.subsection 1
5960 # Now in section B subsection 1
5961 .word 0x9abc
5962.previous
5963 # Now in section B subsection 0
5964 .word 0xdef0
5965@end smallexample
5966
5967Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5968section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5969
5970In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5971the top section on the section stack.
5972@end ifset
5973
252b5132
RH
5974@node Print
5975@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5976
5977@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5978@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5979assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5980
c91d2e08
NC
5981@ifset ELF
5982@node Protected
5983@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5984
c1253627
NC
5985@cindex @code{protected} directive
5986@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5987This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5988@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5989
5990This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5991their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5992@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5993components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5994component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5995this.
c91d2e08
NC
5996@end ifset
5997
252b5132
RH
5998@node Psize
5999@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6000
6001@cindex @code{psize} directive
6002@cindex listing control: paper size
6003@cindex paper size, for listings
6004Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6005number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6006
6007If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6008of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6009default width is 200 columns.
6010
a4fb0134 6011@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6012lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6013@code{.eject}).
6014
6015If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6016those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6017
6018@node Purgem
6019@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6020
6021@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6022Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6023expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6024
c91d2e08
NC
6025@ifset ELF
6026@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6027@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6028
c1253627 6029@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6030@cindex Section Stack
6031This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6032@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6033@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6034(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6035
e9863d7f
DJ
6036This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6037top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6038subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6039@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6040as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6041@end ifset
6042
252b5132
RH
6043@node Quad
6044@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6045
6046@cindex @code{quad} directive
6047@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6048each bignum, it emits
6049@ifclear bignum-16
6050an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6051warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6052@cindex eight-byte integer
6053@cindex integer, 8-byte
6054
6055The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6056hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6057@end ifclear
6058@ifset bignum-16
6059a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6060warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6061@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6062@cindex integer, 16-byte
6063@end ifset
6064
05e9452c
AM
6065@node Reloc
6066@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6067
6068@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6069Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6070@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6071the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6072symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6073@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6074absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6075targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6076relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6077section.
6078
252b5132
RH
6079@node Rept
6080@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6081
6082@cindex @code{rept} directive
6083Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6084@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6085
6086For example, assembling
6087
6088@example
6089 .rept 3
6090 .long 0
6091 .endr
6092@end example
6093
6094is equivalent to assembling
6095
6096@example
6097 .long 0
6098 .long 0
6099 .long 0
6100@end example
6101
6102@node Sbttl
6103@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6104
6105@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6106@cindex subtitles for listings
6107@cindex listing control: subtitle
6108Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6109title line) when generating assembly listings.
6110
6111This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6112it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6113
6114@ifset COFF
6115@node Scl
6116@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6117
6118@cindex @code{scl} directive
6119@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6120@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6121Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6122used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6123whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6124symbolic debugging information.
6125@ifset BOUT
6126
6127The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6128configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6129accepts this directive but ignores it.
6130@end ifset
6131@end ifset
6132
c1253627 6133@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6134@node Section
c1253627 6135@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6136
252b5132
RH
6137@cindex named section
6138Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6139named @var{name}.
6140
6141This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6142named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6143with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6144
c1253627
NC
6145@ifset COFF
6146@ifset ELF
6147@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6148@subheading COFF Version
6149@end ifset
6150
6151@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6152For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6153ways:
c91d2e08 6154
252b5132
RH
6155@smallexample
6156.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6157.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6158@end smallexample
6159
6160If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6161section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6162@table @code
6163@item b
6164bss section (uninitialized data)
6165@item n
6166section is not loaded
6167@item w
6168writable section
6169@item d
6170data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6171@item e
6172exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6173@item r
6174read-only section
6175@item x
6176executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6177@item s
6178shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6179@item a
6180ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6181@item y
6182section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6183@item 0-9
6184single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6185@end table
6186
6187If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6188the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6189loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6190from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6191will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6192
6193If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6194taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6195@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6196
6197@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6198@ifset COFF
6199@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6200@subheading ELF Version
6201@end ifset
6202
c91d2e08
NC
6203@cindex Section Stack
6204This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6205@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6206(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6207@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6208
c1253627 6209@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6210For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6211
252b5132 6212@smallexample
7047dd1e 6213.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6214@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6215
252b5132 6216The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6217combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6218@table @code
6219@item a
6220section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6221@item e
6222section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6223@item w
6224section is writable
6225@item x
6226section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6227@item M
6228section is mergeable
6229@item S
6230section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6231@item G
6232section is a member of a section group
6233@item T
6234section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6235@item ?
6236section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6237@end table
6238
6239The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6240@table @code
6241@item @@progbits
6242section contains data
6243@item @@nobits
6244section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6245@item @@note
6246section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6247@item @@init_array
6248section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6249@item @@fini_array
6250section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6251@item @@preinit_array
6252section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6253@end table
6254
10b016c2
PB
6255Many targets only support the first three section types.
6256
ececec60
NC
6257Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6258ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6259@code{%} character.
6260
22fe14ad 6261If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6262be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6263
6264@smallexample
6265.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6266@end smallexample
6267
6268Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6269constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6270@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6271@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6272the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6273absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6274which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6275@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6276@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6277
6278If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6279be present along with an additional field like this:
6280
6281@smallexample
6282.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6283@end smallexample
6284
6285The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6286particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6287@table @code
6288@item comdat
6289indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6290@item .gnu.linkonce
6291an alias for comdat
6292@end table
6293
96e9638b 6294Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6295the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6296
6297@smallexample
6298.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6299@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6300
01642c12
RM
6301If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6302@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6303present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6304this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6305@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6306If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6307
252b5132
RH
6308If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6309the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6310none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6311executable. The section will contain data.
6312
6313For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6314directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6315
252b5132
RH
6316@smallexample
6317.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6318@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6319
252b5132
RH
6320Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6321separated flags:
6322@table @code
6323@item #alloc
6324section is allocatable
6325@item #write
6326section is writable
6327@item #execinstr
6328section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6329@item #exclude
6330section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6331@item #tls
6332section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6333@end table
c91d2e08 6334
e9863d7f
DJ
6335This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6336contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6337some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6338work.
c1253627
NC
6339@end ifset
6340@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6341
6342@node Set
6343@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6344
6345@cindex @code{set} directive
6346@cindex symbol value, setting
6347Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6348changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6349@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6350flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6351
6352You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6353
6354If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6355file is the last value stored into it.
6356
3c9b82ba
NC
6357@ifset Z80
6358On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6359@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6360@end ifset
6361
252b5132
RH
6362@node Short
6363@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6364
6365@cindex @code{short} directive
6366@ifset GENERIC
6367@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6368@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6369
6370In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6371numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6372@end ifset
6373@ifclear GENERIC
6374@ifset W16
6375@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6376@end ifset
6377@ifset W32
6378This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6379a 16 bit number for each.
6380@end ifset
6381@end ifclear
6382
6383@node Single
6384@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6385
6386@cindex @code{single} directive
6387@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6388This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6389has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6390@ifset GENERIC
6391The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6392@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6393@end ifset
6394@ifclear GENERIC
6395@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6396On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6397numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6398@end ifset
6399@end ifclear
6400
c1253627 6401@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6402@node Size
c1253627 6403@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6404
c1253627
NC
6405This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6406
6407@ifset COFF
6408@ifset ELF
6409@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6410@subheading COFF Version
6411@end ifset
6412
6413@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6414For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6415@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6416
6417@smallexample
6418.size @var{expression}
6419@end smallexample
252b5132 6420
c91d2e08 6421@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6422@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6423@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6424ignores it.
6425@end ifset
c1253627 6426@end ifset
c91d2e08 6427
c1253627
NC
6428@ifset ELF
6429@ifset COFF
6430@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6431@subheading ELF Version
6432@end ifset
6433
6434@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6435For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6436
c1253627
NC
6437@smallexample
6438.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6439@end smallexample
6440
6441This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6442The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6443arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6444symbols.
c1253627
NC
6445@end ifset
6446@end ifset
252b5132 6447
252b5132
RH
6448@ifclear no-space-dir
6449@node Skip
6450@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6451
6452@cindex @code{skip} directive
6453@cindex filling memory
6454This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6455@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6456@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6457@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6458@end ifclear
252b5132 6459
ccf8a69b
BW
6460@node Sleb128
6461@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6462
6463@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6464@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6465compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6466symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6467
884f0d36 6468@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6469@node Space
6470@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6471
6472@cindex @code{space} directive
6473@cindex filling memory
6474This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6475@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6476and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6477as @samp{.skip}.
6478
6479@ifset HPPA
6480@quotation
6481@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6482targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6483Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6484@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6485for a summary.
6486@end quotation
6487@end ifset
6488@end ifclear
6489
252b5132
RH
6490@ifset have-stabs
6491@node Stab
6492@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6493
6494@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6495@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6496There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6497All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6498The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6499cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6500Up to five fields are required:
6501
6502@table @var
6503@item string
6504This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6505@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6506debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6507using this field.
6508
6509@item type
6510An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6511this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6512and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6513
6514@item other
6515An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6516low 8 bits of this expression.
6517
6518@item desc
6519An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6520bits of this expression.
6521
6522@item value
6523An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6524@end table
6525
6526If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6527or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6528you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6529compatible with earlier assemblers!
6530
6531@table @code
6532@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6533@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6534
6535The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6536It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6537null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6538strings.
6539
6540The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6541relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6542is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6543assembled.
6544
6545@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6546@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6547The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6548
6549@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6550@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6551All five fields are specified.
6552@end table
6553@end ifset
6554@c end have-stabs
6555
6556@node String
38a57ae7 6557@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6558"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6559
6560@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6561@cindex string8, copying to object file
6562@cindex string16, copying to object file
6563@cindex string32, copying to object file
6564@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6565@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6566@cindex @code{string8} directive
6567@cindex @code{string16} directive
6568@cindex @code{string32} directive
6569@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6570
6571Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6572one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6573particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6574You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6575
01642c12 6576The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6577the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6578copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6579are stored in target endianness byte order.
6580
6581Example:
6582@smallexample
6583 .string32 "BYE"
6584expands to:
6585 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6586 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6587@end smallexample
6588
6589
252b5132
RH
6590@node Struct
6591@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6592
6593@cindex @code{struct} directive
6594Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6595which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6596@smallexample
6597 .struct 0
6598field1:
6599 .struct field1 + 4
6600field2:
6601 .struct field2 + 4
6602field3:
6603@end smallexample
6604This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6605@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6606value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6607use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6608before further assembly.
6609
c91d2e08
NC
6610@ifset ELF
6611@node SubSection
6612@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6613
c1253627 6614@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6615@cindex Section Stack
6616This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6617@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6618@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6619(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6620
6621This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6622section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6623in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6624@end ifset
6625
252b5132
RH
6626@ifset ELF
6627@node Symver
6628@section @code{.symver}
6629@cindex @code{symver} directive
6630@cindex symbol versioning
6631@cindex versions of symbols
6632Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6633within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6634typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6635There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6636into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6637shared library.
6638
79082ff0 6639For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6640@smallexample
6641.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6642@end smallexample
339681c0 6643If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6644being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6645alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6646just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6647permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6648of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6649itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6650have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6651file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6652function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6653the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6654building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6655symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6656nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6657
6658If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6659references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6660reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6661symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6662
6663Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6664@smallexample
6665.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6666@end smallexample
6667In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6668the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6669difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6670references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6671
6672The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6673@smallexample
6674.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6675@end smallexample
6676When @var{name} is not defined within the
6677file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6678@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6679name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6680@end ifset
6681
6682@ifset COFF
6683@node Tag
6684@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6685
6686@cindex COFF structure debugging
6687@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6688@cindex @code{tag} directive
6689This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6690information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6691@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6692definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6693@ifset BOUT
6694
6695@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6696@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6697ignores it.
6698@end ifset
6699@end ifset
6700
6701@node Text
6702@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6703
6704@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6705Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6706the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6707expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6708is used.
6709
6710@node Title
6711@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6712
6713@cindex @code{title} directive
6714@cindex listing control: title line
6715Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6716source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6717
6718This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6719it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6720
c1253627 6721@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6722@node Type
c1253627
NC
6723@section @code{.type}
6724
6725This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6726
6727@ifset COFF
6728@ifset ELF
6729@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6730@subheading COFF Version
6731@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6732
6733@cindex COFF symbol type
6734@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6735@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6736For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6737@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6738
6739@smallexample
6740.type @var{int}
6741@end smallexample
6742
6743This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6744entry.
252b5132 6745
c91d2e08 6746@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6747@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6748@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6749directive but ignores it.
6750@end ifset
c1253627 6751@end ifset
c91d2e08 6752
c1253627
NC
6753@ifset ELF
6754@ifset COFF
6755@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6756@subheading ELF Version
6757@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6758
6759@cindex ELF symbol type
6760@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6761@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6762For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6763
6764@smallexample
6765.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6766@end smallexample
6767
6768This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6769function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6770supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6771compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6772
6773Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6774@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6775below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6776the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6777maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6778assemblers.
6779
6780The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6781
6782@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6783 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6784 .type <name>,#<type>
6785 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6786 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6787 .type <name>,"<type>"
6788@end smallexample
6789
6790The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6791
5671778d
NC
6792@table @gcctabopt
6793@item STT_FUNC
6794@itemx function
6795Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6796
d8045f23
NC
6797@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6798@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6799Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6800processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6801
5671778d
NC
6802@item STT_OBJECT
6803@itemx object
6804Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6805
6806@item STT_TLS
6807@itemx tls_object
6808Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6809
6810@item STT_COMMON
6811@itemx common
6812Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6813
6814@item STT_NOTYPE
6815@itemx notype
6816Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6817
3e7a7d11
NC
6818@item gnu_unique_object
6819Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6820will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6821name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6822systems).
3e7a7d11 6823
5671778d
NC
6824@end table
6825
6826Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6827
c1253627
NC
6828@end ifset
6829@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6830
6831@node Uleb128
6832@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6833
6834@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6835@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6836compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6837symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6838
6839@ifset COFF
6840@node Val
6841@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6842
6843@cindex @code{val} directive
6844@cindex COFF value attribute
6845@cindex value attribute, COFF
6846This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6847records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6848entry.
6849@ifset BOUT
6850
a4fb0134 6851@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6852configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6853@end ifset
6854@end ifset
6855
2e13b764 6856@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6857@node Version
6858@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6859
c1253627 6860@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6861This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6862formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6863@end ifset
2e13b764 6864
c91d2e08
NC
6865@ifset ELF
6866@node VTableEntry
6867@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6868
653cfe85 6869@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6870This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6871@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6872
c91d2e08
NC
6873@node VTableInherit
6874@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6875
653cfe85 6876@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6877This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6878@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6879parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6880parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6881@end ifset
2e13b764 6882
d190d046
HPN
6883@node Warning
6884@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6885@cindex warning directive
6886Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6887(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6888
c91d2e08
NC
6889@node Weak
6890@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6891
c1253627 6892@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6893This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6894@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6895
01642c12 6896On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6897directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6898@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6899
977cdf5a 6900On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6901When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6902alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6903
06e77878
AO
6904@node Weakref
6905@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6906
6907@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6908This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6909be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6910If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6911will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6912symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6913
6914The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6915assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6916symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6917resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6918had the references to the alias removed.
6919
6920The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6921within the assembler.
6922
252b5132
RH
6923@node Word
6924@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6925
6926@cindex @code{word} directive
6927This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6928separated by commas.
6929@ifclear GENERIC
6930@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6931For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6932@end ifset
6933@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6934For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6935@end ifset
6936@end ifclear
6937@ifset GENERIC
6938
6939The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6940depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6941@end ifset
6942
6943@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6944@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6945@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6946@cindex difference tables altered
6947@cindex altered difference tables
6948@quotation
6949@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6950@end quotation
6951
6952@ifset GENERIC
6953Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6954addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6955interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6956@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6957
6958@end ifset
6959In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6960@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6961Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6962compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6963directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6964@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6965creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6966This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6967first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6968of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6969table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6970contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6971@code{sym2}.
6972
6973If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6974secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6975@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6976long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6977and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6978minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6979entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6980
6981@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6982@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6983@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6984assembly language programmers.
6985@end ifset
6986@end ifset
6987@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6988
6989@node Deprecated
6990@section Deprecated Directives
6991
6992@cindex deprecated directives
6993@cindex obsolescent directives
6994One day these directives won't work.
6995They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6996@table @t
6997@item .abort
6998@item .line
6999@end table
7000
3a99f02f
DJ
7001@ifset ELF
7002@node Object Attributes
7003@chapter Object Attributes
7004@cindex object attributes
7005
7006@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7007into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7008Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7009point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7010requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7011passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7012hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7013generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7014newer generation at run-time.
7015
7016This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7017@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7018time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7019correctly.
7020
7021Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7022attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7023string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7024and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7025or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7026attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7027
7028Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7029The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7030
7031@menu
7032* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7033* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7034@end menu
7035
7036@node GNU Object Attributes
7037@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7038
7039The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7040with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7041
7042Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7043its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7044an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
70452} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7046architecture-dependent ones.
7047
7048@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7049
7050These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7051
7052@table @r
7053@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7054The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7055the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7056then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7057than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7058arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7059@end table
7060
7061@subsection MIPS Attributes
7062
7063@table @r
7064@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7065The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7066
7067@itemize @bullet
7068@item
70690 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7070@item
f179c512
MF
70711 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7072double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7073@item
70742 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7075@item
70763 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7077@item
f179c512
MF
70784 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7079floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7080number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7081@item
70825 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7083with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7084general-purpose registers.
7085@item
70866 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7087registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7088@item
70897 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7090registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7091direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7092@end itemize
7093@end table
7094
7095@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7096
7097@table @r
7098@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7099The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7100
7101@itemize @bullet
7102@item
71030 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7104@item
3c7b9897 71051 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7106@item
71072 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7108@item
71093 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7110@end itemize
7111
7112@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7113The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7114
7115@itemize @bullet
7116@item
71170 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7118@item
71191 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7120@item
71212 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7122@item
71233 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7124@end itemize
7125@end table
7126
7127@node Defining New Object Attributes
7128@section Defining New Object Attributes
7129
7130If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7131will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7132mailing list.
7133
7134@itemize @bullet
7135@item
7136This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7137@item
7138The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7139@item
7140The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7141and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7142@item
7143Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7144@item
7145@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7146@item
7147GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7148@end itemize
7149
7150@end ifset
7151
252b5132
RH
7152@ifset GENERIC
7153@node Machine Dependencies
7154@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7155
7156@cindex machine dependencies
7157The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7158each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7159vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7160directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7161assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7162@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7163optimization.
7164
7165This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7166include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7167subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7168
7169@menu
a06ea964
NC
7170@ifset AARCH64
7171* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7172@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7173@ifset ALPHA
7174* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7175@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7176@ifset ARC
7177* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7178@end ifset
7179@ifset ARM
7180* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7181@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7182@ifset AVR
7183* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7184@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7185@ifset Blackfin
7186* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7187@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7188@ifset CR16
7189* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7190@end ifset
8bf549a8 7191@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7192* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7193@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7194@ifset D10V
7195* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7196@end ifset
7197@ifset D30V
7198* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7199@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7200@ifset EPIPHANY
7201* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7202@end ifset
252b5132 7203@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7204* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7205@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7206@ifset HPPA
7207* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7208@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7209@ifset I370
7210* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7211@end ifset
252b5132 7212@ifset I80386
55b62671 7213* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7214@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7215@ifset I860
7216* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7217@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7218@ifset I960
7219* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7220@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7221@ifset IA64
7222* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7223@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7224@ifset IP2K
7225* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7226@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7227@ifset LM32
7228* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7229@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7230@ifset M32C
7231* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7232@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7233@ifset M32R
7234* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7235@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7236@ifset M680X0
7237* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7238@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7239@ifset M68HC11
7240* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7241@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7242@ifset METAG
7243* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7244@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7245@ifset MICROBLAZE
7246* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7247@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7248@ifset MIPS
7249* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7250@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7251@ifset MMIX
7252* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7253@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7254@ifset MSP430
7255* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7256@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7257@ifset NDS32
7258* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7259@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7260@ifset NIOSII
7261* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7262@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7263@ifset NS32K
7264* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7265@end ifset
252b5132 7266@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7267* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7268* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7269@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7270@ifset PDP11
7271* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7272@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7273@ifset PJ
7274* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7275@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7276@ifset PPC
7277* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7278@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7279@ifset RL78
7280* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7281@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7282@ifset RX
7283* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7284@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7285@ifset S390
7286* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7287@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7288@ifset SCORE
7289* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7290@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7291@ifset SPARC
7292* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7293@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7294@ifset TIC54X
7295* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7296@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7297@ifset TIC6X
7298* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7299@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7300@ifset TILEGX
7301* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7302@end ifset
7303@ifset TILEPRO
7304* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7305@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7306@ifset V850
7307* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7308@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7309@ifset VAX
7310* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7311@end ifset
7312@ifset VISIUM
7313* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7314@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7315@ifset XGATE
7316* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7317@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7318@ifset XSTORMY16
7319* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7320@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7321@ifset XTENSA
7322* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7323@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7324@ifset Z80
7325* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7326@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7327@ifset Z8000
7328* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7329@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7330@end menu
7331
7332@lowersections
7333@end ifset
7334
7335@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7336@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7337@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7338@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7339@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7340@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7341@c in both conditional blocks.
7342
a06ea964
NC
7343@ifset AARCH64
7344@include c-aarch64.texi
7345@end ifset
7346
625e1353
RH
7347@ifset ALPHA
7348@include c-alpha.texi
7349@end ifset
7350
7351@ifset ARC
7352@include c-arc.texi
7353@end ifset
7354
252b5132
RH
7355@ifset ARM
7356@include c-arm.texi
7357@end ifset
7358
8473f7a4
DC
7359@ifset AVR
7360@include c-avr.texi
7361@end ifset
7362
3b4e1885 7363@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7364@include c-bfin.texi
7365@end ifset
7366
3d3d428f
NC
7367@ifset CR16
7368@include c-cr16.texi
7369@end ifset
7370
328eb32e
HPN
7371@ifset CRIS
7372@include c-cris.texi
7373@end ifset
7374
c2dcd04e 7375@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7376@ifclear GENERIC
7377@node Machine Dependencies
7378@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7379
c2dcd04e 7380The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7381and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7382chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7383family.
7384
7385@menu
c2dcd04e 7386* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7387* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7388@end menu
7389@lowersections
7390@end ifclear
7391@end ifset
7392
7393@ifset D10V
7394@include c-d10v.texi
7395@end ifset
7396
7397@ifset D30V
7398@include c-d30v.texi
7399@end ifset
7400
cfb8c092
NC
7401@ifset EPIPHANY
7402@include c-epiphany.texi
7403@end ifset
7404
252b5132
RH
7405@ifset H8/300
7406@include c-h8300.texi
7407@end ifset
7408
252b5132
RH
7409@ifset HPPA
7410@include c-hppa.texi
7411@end ifset
7412
5b93d8bb
AM
7413@ifset I370
7414@include c-i370.texi
7415@end ifset
7416
252b5132
RH
7417@ifset I80386
7418@include c-i386.texi
7419@end ifset
7420
e3308d0d
JE
7421@ifset I860
7422@include c-i860.texi
7423@end ifset
7424
252b5132
RH
7425@ifset I960
7426@include c-i960.texi
7427@end ifset
7428
9e32ca89
NC
7429@ifset IA64
7430@include c-ia64.texi
7431@end ifset
7432
a40cbfa3
NC
7433@ifset IP2K
7434@include c-ip2k.texi
7435@end ifset
7436
84e94c90
NC
7437@ifset LM32
7438@include c-lm32.texi
7439@end ifset
7440
49f58d10
JB
7441@ifset M32C
7442@include c-m32c.texi
7443@end ifset
7444
ec694b89
NC
7445@ifset M32R
7446@include c-m32r.texi
7447@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7448
7449@ifset M680X0
7450@include c-m68k.texi
7451@end ifset
7452
60bcf0fa
NC
7453@ifset M68HC11
7454@include c-m68hc11.texi
7455@end ifset
7456
a3c62988
NC
7457@ifset METAG
7458@include c-metag.texi
7459@end ifset
7460
01642c12 7461@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7462@include c-microblaze.texi
7463@end ifset
7464
252b5132
RH
7465@ifset MIPS
7466@include c-mips.texi
7467@end ifset
7468
3c3bdf30
NC
7469@ifset MMIX
7470@include c-mmix.texi
7471@end ifset
7472
2469cfa2
NC
7473@ifset MSP430
7474@include c-msp430.texi
7475@end ifset
7476
35c08157
KLC
7477@ifset NDS32
7478@include c-nds32.texi
7479@end ifset
7480
36591ba1
SL
7481@ifset NIOSII
7482@include c-nios2.texi
7483@end ifset
7484
252b5132
RH
7485@ifset NS32K
7486@include c-ns32k.texi
7487@end ifset
7488
e135f41b
NC
7489@ifset PDP11
7490@include c-pdp11.texi
7491@end ifset
7492
041dd5a9
ILT
7493@ifset PJ
7494@include c-pj.texi
7495@end ifset
7496
418c1742
MG
7497@ifset PPC
7498@include c-ppc.texi
7499@end ifset
7500
99c513f6
DD
7501@ifset RL78
7502@include c-rl78.texi
7503@end ifset
7504
046d31c2
NC
7505@ifset RX
7506@include c-rx.texi
7507@end ifset
7508
11c19e16
MS
7509@ifset S390
7510@include c-s390.texi
7511@end ifset
7512
c0157db4
NC
7513@ifset SCORE
7514@include c-score.texi
7515@end ifset
7516
252b5132
RH
7517@ifset SH
7518@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7519@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7520@end ifset
7521
7522@ifset SPARC
7523@include c-sparc.texi
7524@end ifset
7525
39bec121
TW
7526@ifset TIC54X
7527@include c-tic54x.texi
7528@end ifset
7529
40b36596
JM
7530@ifset TIC6X
7531@include c-tic6x.texi
7532@end ifset
7533
aa137e4d
NC
7534@ifset TILEGX
7535@include c-tilegx.texi
7536@end ifset
7537
7538@ifset TILEPRO
7539@include c-tilepro.texi
7540@end ifset
7541
b6605ddd
EB
7542@ifset V850
7543@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7544@end ifset
7545
7546@ifset VAX
7547@include c-vax.texi
7548@end ifset
7549
b6605ddd
EB
7550@ifset VISIUM
7551@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7552@end ifset
7553
f6c1a2d5
NC
7554@ifset XGATE
7555@include c-xgate.texi
7556@end ifset
7557
6753e72f
NC
7558@ifset XSTORMY16
7559@include c-xstormy16.texi
7560@end ifset
7561
e0001a05
NC
7562@ifset XTENSA
7563@include c-xtensa.texi
7564@end ifset
7565
b6605ddd
EB
7566@ifset Z80
7567@include c-z80.texi
7568@end ifset
7569
7570@ifset Z8000
7571@include c-z8k.texi
7572@end ifset
7573
252b5132
RH
7574@ifset GENERIC
7575@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7576@raisesections
7577@end ifset
7578
7579@node Reporting Bugs
7580@chapter Reporting Bugs
7581@cindex bugs in assembler
7582@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7583
a4fb0134 7584Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7585
7586Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7587not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7588entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7589Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7590
7591In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7592information that enables us to fix the bug.
7593
7594@menu
7595* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7596* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7597@end menu
7598
7599@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7600@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7601@cindex bug criteria
7602
7603If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7604
7605@itemize @bullet
7606@cindex fatal signal
7607@cindex assembler crash
7608@cindex crash of assembler
7609@item
7610If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7611@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7612
7613@cindex error on valid input
7614@item
a4fb0134 7615If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7616
7617@cindex invalid input
7618@item
a4fb0134 7619If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7620is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7621be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7622
7623@item
7624If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7625of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7626@end itemize
7627
7628@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7629@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7630@cindex bug reports
7631@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7632
7633A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7634you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7635contact that organization first.
7636
7637You can find contact information for many support companies and
7638individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7639distribution.
7640
ad22bfe8 7641@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7642In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7643to @value{BUGURL}.
7644@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7645
7646The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7647@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7648fact or leave it out, state it!
7649
7650Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7651and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7652name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7653not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7654happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7655perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7656the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7657give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7658and the most helpful.
7659
7660Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7661it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7662that the bug has not been reported previously.
7663
7664Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7665bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7666respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7667You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7668
7669To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7670
7671@itemize @bullet
7672@item
a4fb0134 7673The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7674it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7675
7676Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7677the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7678
7679@item
a4fb0134 7680Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7681
7682@item
7683The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7684version number.
7685
7686@item
a4fb0134 7687What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7688``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7689
7690@item
7691The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7692observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7693all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7694
7695If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7696and then we might not encounter the bug.
7697
7698@item
7699A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7700the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7701high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7702when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7703the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7704file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7705@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7706
7707@item
7708A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7709incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7710
a4fb0134 7711Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7712will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7713notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7714make a mistake.
7715
7716Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7717explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7718@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7719library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7720would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7721would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7722expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7723observations.
7724
7725@item
a4fb0134 7726If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7727diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7728option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7729discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7730by line number.
7731
7732The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7733sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7734@end itemize
7735
7736Here are some things that are not necessary:
7737
7738@itemize @bullet
7739@item
7740A description of the envelope of the bug.
7741
7742Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7743which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7744changes will not affect it.
7745
7746This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7747will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7748with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7749We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7750
7751Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7752of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7753output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7754less time, and so on.
7755
7756However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7757report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7758
7759@item
7760A patch for the bug.
7761
7762A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7763the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7764a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7765to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7766
a4fb0134 7767Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7768construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7769the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7770one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7771
7772And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7773patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7774help us to understand.
7775
7776@item
7777A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7778
7779Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7780things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7781@end itemize
7782
7783@node Acknowledgements
7784@chapter Acknowledgements
7785
653cfe85 7786If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7787it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7788maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7789@c (October 2012),
7790the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7791
7792Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7793more details?}
7794
7795Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7796information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7797extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7798
7799K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7800many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7801up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7802testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7803including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7804and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7805support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7806port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7807file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7808assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7809
7810Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7811in format-specific I/O modules.
7812
7813The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7814has done much work with it since.
7815
7816The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7817
7818Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7819
7820The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7821University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7822
7823Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7824(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7825(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7826support a.out format.
7827
7be1c489
AM
7828Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7829tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7830Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7831use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7832targets.
7833
7834John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7835simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7836updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7837fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7838remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7839cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7840required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7841
7842Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
784368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7844added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7845PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7846
653cfe85 7847Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7848
7849Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7850
7851Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7852along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7853formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7854the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7855
7856Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7857Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7858Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7859Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7860and some initial 64-bit support).
7861
c1253627 7862Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7863
252b5132
RH
7864Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7865support for openVMS/Alpha.
7866
39bec121
TW
7867Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7868flavors.
7869
e0001a05 7870David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7871Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7872
252b5132
RH
7873Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7874configuration enhancements.
7875
84e94c90
NC
7876Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7877
252b5132
RH
7878Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7879you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7880want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7881intentionally leaving anyone out.
7882
793c5807
NC
7883@node GNU Free Documentation License
7884@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7885@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7886
370b66a1
CD
7887@node AS Index
7888@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7889
7890@printindex cp
7891
252b5132
RH
7892@bye
7893@c Local Variables:
7894@c fill-column: 79
7895@c End: